mozilla
/
gecko-dev
зеркало из https://github.com/mozilla/gecko-dev.git
1
0
Форкнуть 0
Код Задачи Пакеты Проекты Релизы Вики Активность
gecko-dev/lib/layout/edtele.cpp

12042 строки
363 KiB
C++
Исходник Ответственный История

/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
//
// Public interface and shared subsystem data.
//
#ifdef EDITOR
#include "editor.h"
#include "libimg.h"
#include "intl_csi.h"
#include "xp_str.h"
#ifdef USE_SCRIPT
#define EDT_IS_SCRIPT(tf) (0 != (tf & (TF_SERVER | TF_SCRIPT | TF_STYLE)))
#else
#define EDT_IS_SCRIPT(tf) (FALSE)
#endif
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CEditElement
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// This version of the constructor is used to create a child element.
//
CEditElement::CEditElement(CEditElement *pParent, TagType tagType, char* pData):
m_tagType(tagType),
m_pParent(pParent),
m_pNext(0),
m_pChild(0),
m_pTagData(0)
{
if ( pData ) {
SetTagData(pData);
}
CommonConstructor();
}
CEditElement::CEditElement(CEditElement *pParent, PA_Tag *pTag, int16 /*csid*/) :
m_tagType(pTag->type),
m_pParent(pParent),
m_pNext(0),
m_pChild(0),
m_pTagData(0)
{
char *locked_buff;
PA_LOCK(locked_buff, char *, pTag->data);
if( locked_buff && *locked_buff != '>'){
SetTagData( locked_buff );
}
PA_UNLOCK(pTag->data);
CommonConstructor();
}
void CEditElement::CommonConstructor(){
if( m_pParent ){
CEditElement* pE = m_pParent->GetChild();
//
// there already is a child, add this child to the end of the list.
//
if( pE ){
while( pE->m_pNext != 0 ){
pE = pE->m_pNext;
}
pE->RawSetNextSibling(this);
}
else {
// make this the first child.
m_pParent->RawSetChild(this);
}
}
}
CEditElement::CEditElement( IStreamIn *pIn, CEditBuffer* /* pBuffer */ ):
m_pParent(0),
m_pNext(0),
m_pChild(0),
m_pTagData(0)
{
m_tagType = (TagType) pIn->ReadInt();
m_pTagData = pIn->ReadZString();
}
CEditElement::~CEditElement(){
Finalize();
}
void CEditElement::Finalize(){
Unlink();
DeleteChildren();
if( m_pTagData ) {
XP_FREE(m_pTagData);
m_pTagData = NULL;
}
}
CEditTextElement* CEditElement::Text(){
XP_ASSERT(IsText());
return (CEditTextElement*)this;
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::IsLeaf() { return FALSE; }
CEditLeafElement* CEditElement::Leaf(){ XP_ASSERT(IsLeaf());
return (CEditLeafElement*)this;
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::IsRoot() { return FALSE; }
CEditRootDocElement* CEditElement::Root(){ XP_ASSERT(IsRoot());
return (CEditRootDocElement*)this;
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::IsContainer() { return FALSE; }
CEditContainerElement* CEditElement::Container(){ XP_ASSERT(IsContainer());
return (CEditContainerElement*)this;
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::IsList() { return FALSE; }
CEditListElement* CEditElement::List(){ XP_ASSERT(IsList());
return (CEditListElement*)this;
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::IsBreak() { return FALSE; }
CEditBreakElement* CEditElement::Break(){ XP_ASSERT(IsBreak());
return (CEditBreakElement*)this;
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::CausesBreakBefore() { return FALSE;}
XP_Bool CEditElement::CausesBreakAfter() { return FALSE;}
XP_Bool CEditElement::AllowBothSidesOfGap() { return FALSE; }
XP_Bool CEditElement::IsImage() { return FALSE; }
CEditImageElement* CEditElement::Image(){
// Not all P_IMAGE elements are images. CEditIconElements have P_IMAGE
// as their tagType but are not CEditImageElements.
XP_ASSERT(m_tagType==P_IMAGE
&& GetElementType() == eImageElement
&& IsImage() ) ;
return (CEditImageElement*)this;
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::IsIcon() { return FALSE; }
CEditIconElement* CEditElement::Icon(){ XP_ASSERT(IsIcon()); return (CEditIconElement*)this;}
XP_Bool CEditElement::IsTarget() { return FALSE; }
CEditTargetElement* CEditElement::Target(){ XP_ASSERT(IsTarget()); return (CEditTargetElement*)this;}
CEditHorizRuleElement* CEditElement::HorizRule(){ XP_ASSERT(m_tagType==P_HRULE); return (CEditHorizRuleElement*)this;}
XP_Bool CEditElement::IsRootDoc() { return FALSE; }
CEditRootDocElement* CEditElement::RootDoc() { XP_ASSERT(IsRootDoc()); return (CEditRootDocElement*) this; }
XP_Bool CEditElement::IsSubDoc() { return FALSE; }
CEditSubDocElement* CEditElement::SubDoc() { XP_ASSERT(IsSubDoc()); return (CEditSubDocElement*) this; }
XP_Bool CEditElement::IsTable() { return FALSE; }
CEditTableElement* CEditElement::Table() { XP_ASSERT(IsTable()); return (CEditTableElement*) this; }
XP_Bool CEditElement::IsTableRow() { return FALSE; }
CEditTableRowElement* CEditElement::TableRow() { XP_ASSERT(IsTableRow()); return (CEditTableRowElement*) this; }
XP_Bool CEditElement::IsTableCell() { return FALSE; }
CEditTableCellElement* CEditElement::TableCell() { XP_ASSERT(IsTableCell()); return (CEditTableCellElement*) this; }
XP_Bool CEditElement::IsCaption() { return FALSE; }
CEditCaptionElement* CEditElement::Caption() { XP_ASSERT(IsCaption()); return (CEditCaptionElement*) this; }
XP_Bool CEditElement::IsText() { return FALSE; }
XP_Bool CEditElement::IsLayer() { return FALSE; }
CEditLayerElement* CEditElement::Layer() { XP_ASSERT(IsLayer()); return (CEditLayerElement*) this; }
XP_Bool CEditElement::IsDivision() { return FALSE; }
CEditDivisionElement* CEditElement::Division() { XP_ASSERT(IsDivision()); return (CEditDivisionElement*) this; }
XP_Bool CEditElement::IsEndOfDocument() { return GetElementType() == eEndElement; }
XP_Bool CEditElement::IsEndContainer() { return FALSE; }
void
CEditElement::SetTagData(char* tagData)
{
if( m_pTagData ) {
XP_FREE(m_pTagData);
}
if( tagData ){
m_pTagData = XP_STRDUP(tagData);
}
else {
m_pTagData = tagData;
}
}
void CEditElement::StreamOut( IStreamOut *pOut ){
pOut->WriteInt( GetElementType() );
pOut->WriteInt( m_tagType );
pOut->WriteZString( m_pTagData );
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::ShouldStreamSelf( CEditSelection& local, CEditSelection& selection)
{
return ( local.EqualRange( selection ) || ! local.Contains(selection));
}
// Partially stream out this element and each child.except if we are told to stream all
void CEditElement::PartialStreamOut( IStreamOut* pOut, CEditSelection& selection)
{
CEditSelection local;
GetAll(local);
#ifdef DEBUG
TagType type = GetType();
#endif
if ( local.Intersects(selection) )
{
XP_Bool bWriteSelf = ShouldStreamSelf(local, selection);
if( bWriteSelf )
{
StreamOut(pOut);
}
CEditElement* pChild;
for ( pChild = GetChild(); pChild; pChild = pChild->GetNextSibling() )
{
pChild->PartialStreamOut(pOut, selection);
}
if ( bWriteSelf )
{
pOut->WriteInt((int32)eElementNone);
}
}
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::ClipToMe(CEditSelection& selection, CEditSelection& local) {
// Returns TRUE if selection intersects with "this".
GetAll(local);
return local.ClipTo(selection);
}
void CEditElement::GetAll(CEditSelection& selection) {
CEditLeafElement* pFirstMostChild = CEditLeafElement::Cast(GetFirstMostChild());
if ( ! pFirstMostChild ) {
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
return;
}
selection.m_start.m_pElement = GetFirstMostChild()->Leaf();
selection.m_start.m_iPos = 0;
CEditLeafElement* pLast = GetLastMostChild()->Leaf();
CEditLeafElement* pNext = pLast->NextLeaf();
if ( pNext ) {
selection.m_end.m_pElement = pNext;
selection.m_end.m_iPos = 0;
}
else {
// edge of document. Can't select any further.
selection.m_end.m_pElement = pLast;
selection.m_end.m_iPos = pLast->GetLen();
}
selection.m_bFromStart = FALSE;
}
EEditElementType CEditElement::GetElementType()
{
return eElement;
}
// Get parent table of the element
CEditTableElement* CEditElement::GetParentTable()
{
CEditElement *pElement = this;
do { pElement = pElement->GetParent(); }
while( pElement && !pElement->IsTable() );
return (CEditTableElement*)pElement;
}
// Get parent table cell of the element
CEditTableCellElement* CEditElement::GetParentTableCell()
{
CEditElement *pElement = this;
do { pElement = pElement->GetParent(); }
while( pElement && !pElement->IsTableCell() );
return (CEditTableCellElement*)pElement;
}
//
// static function calls the appropriate stream constructor
//
CEditElement* CEditElement::StreamCtor( IStreamIn *pIn, CEditBuffer *pBuffer ){
CEditElement* pResult = StreamCtorNoChildren(pIn, pBuffer);
if ( pResult ) {
pResult->StreamInChildren(pIn, pBuffer);
}
return pResult;
}
void CEditElement::StreamInChildren(IStreamIn* pIn, CEditBuffer* pBuffer){
CEditElement* pChild;
while ( (pChild = CEditElement::StreamCtor(pIn, pBuffer)) != NULL ) {
pChild->InsertAsLastChild(this);
}
}
CEditElement* CEditElement::StreamCtorNoChildren( IStreamIn *pIn, CEditBuffer *pBuffer ){
EEditElementType eType = (EEditElementType) pIn->ReadInt();
switch( eType ){
case eElementNone:
return 0;
case eElement:
return new CEditElement( pIn, pBuffer );
case eTextElement:
return new CEditTextElement( pIn, pBuffer );
case eImageElement:
return new CEditImageElement( pIn, pBuffer );
case eHorizRuleElement:
return new CEditHorizRuleElement( pIn, pBuffer );
case eBreakElement:
return new CEditBreakElement( pIn, pBuffer );
case eContainerElement:
return new CEditContainerElement( pIn, pBuffer );
case eListElement:
return new CEditListElement( pIn, pBuffer );
case eIconElement:
return new CEditIconElement( pIn, pBuffer );
case eTargetElement:
return new CEditTargetElement( pIn, pBuffer );
case eTableElement:
return new CEditTableElement( pIn, pBuffer );
case eCaptionElement:
return new CEditCaptionElement( pIn, pBuffer );
case eTableRowElement:
return new CEditTableRowElement( pIn, pBuffer );
case eTableCellElement:
return new CEditTableCellElement( pIn, pBuffer );
case eLayerElement:
return new CEditLayerElement( pIn, pBuffer );
case eDivisionElement:
return new CEditDivisionElement( pIn, pBuffer );
default:
XP_ASSERT(0);
}
return 0;
}
//
// Scan up the tree looking to see if we are within 'tagType'. If we stop and
// we are not at the top of the tree, we found the tag we are looking for.
//
XP_Bool CEditElement::Within( int tagType ){
CEditElement* pParent = GetParent();
while( pParent && pParent->GetType() != tagType ){
pParent = pParent->GetParent();
}
return (pParent != 0);
}
CEditBuffer* CEditElement::GetEditBuffer(){
CEditRootDocElement *pE = GetRootDoc();
if( pE ){
return pE->GetBuffer();
}
else {
return 0;
}
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::InFormattedText(){
CEditElement* pParent = GetParent();
#ifdef USE_SCRIPT
if( IsA( P_TEXT) && (Text()->m_tf & (TF_SERVER|TF_SCRIPT|TF_STYLE)) != 0 ){
return TRUE;
}
#endif
while( pParent && BitSet( edt_setFormattedText, pParent->GetType() ) == 0 ){
pParent = pParent->GetParent();
}
return (pParent != 0);
}
//
// Fills in the data member of the tag, as well as the type informaiton.
//
void CEditElement::SetTagData( PA_Tag* pTag, char* pTagData){
PA_Block buff;
char *locked_buff;
int iLen;
if ( NULL == pTagData ) {
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
return;
}
pTag->type = m_tagType;
pTag->edit_element = this;
iLen = XP_STRLEN(pTagData);
buff = (PA_Block)PA_ALLOC((iLen+1) * sizeof(char));
if (buff != NULL)
{
PA_LOCK(locked_buff, char *, buff);
XP_BCOPY(pTagData, locked_buff, iLen);
locked_buff[iLen] = '\0';
PA_UNLOCK(buff);
}
else {
// LTNOTE: out of memory, should throw an exception
return;
}
pTag->data = buff;
pTag->data_len = iLen;
pTag->next = NULL;
return;
}
PA_Tag* CEditElement::TagOpen( int /* iEditOffset */ ){
PA_Tag *pTag = XP_NEW( PA_Tag );
XP_BZERO( pTag, sizeof( PA_Tag ) );
if( GetTagData() ){
SetTagData( pTag, GetTagData() );
}
else {
SetTagData( pTag, ">" );
}
return pTag;
}
PA_Tag* CEditElement::TagEnd( ){
if( TagHasClose( m_tagType ) || BitSet( edt_setWriteEndTag, m_tagType ) ){
PA_Tag *pTag = XP_NEW( PA_Tag );
XP_BZERO( pTag, sizeof( PA_Tag ) );
pTag->type = m_tagType;
pTag->is_end = TRUE;
pTag->edit_element = this;
return pTag;
}
return 0;
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::Reduce( CEditBuffer* /* pBuffer */ ){
if( !BitSet( edt_setSoloTags, GetType() ) && GetChild() == 0 ){
return TRUE;
}
else if( BitSet( edt_setCharFormat, GetType() ) ){
CEditElement *pNext = GetNextSibling();
if( pNext && pNext->GetType() == GetType() ){
// FONTs and Anchors need better compares than this.
Merge(pNext);
// make sure it stays in the tree so it dies a natural death (because
// it has no children)
if( pNext )
pNext->InsertAfter(this);
return FALSE;
}
}
return FALSE;
}
int CEditElement::GetDefaultFontSize(){
TagType t = GetType();
if( !BitSet( edt_setTextContainer, t ) ){
CEditElement* pCont = FindContainer();
if( pCont ){
t = pCont->GetType();
}
else {
return 0; // no default font size
}
}
switch( t ){
case P_HEADER_1:
return 6;
case P_HEADER_2:
return 5;
case P_HEADER_3:
return 4;
case P_HEADER_4:
return 3;
case P_HEADER_5:
return 2;
case P_HEADER_6:
return 1;
default:
return 3;
}
}
CEditInsertPoint CEditElement::IndexToInsertPoint(ElementIndex index, XP_Bool bStickyAfter) {
if ( index < 0 ) {
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
index = 0;
}
CEditElement* pChild;
CEditElement* pLastChild = NULL;
ElementIndex childCount = 0;
// XP_TRACE(("IndexToInsertPoint: 0x%08x (%d) index = %d", this, GetElementIndex(), index));
for ( pChild = GetChild();
pChild;
pChild = pChild->GetNextSibling()) {
pLastChild = pChild;
childCount = pChild->GetPersistentCount();
if ( index < childCount
|| (index == childCount && ! bStickyAfter) ){
return pChild->IndexToInsertPoint(index, bStickyAfter);
}
index -= childCount;
}
if ( ! pLastChild ) { // No children at all
childCount = GetPersistentCount();
if ( index > childCount ){
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
index = childCount;
}
return CEditInsertPoint(this, index);
}
// Ran off end of children
return pLastChild->IndexToInsertPoint(childCount, bStickyAfter);
}
CPersistentEditInsertPoint CEditElement::GetPersistentInsertPoint(ElementOffset offset){
XP_ASSERT(FALSE); // This method should never be called
return CPersistentEditInsertPoint(GetElementIndex() + offset);
}
ElementIndex CEditElement::GetPersistentCount()
{
ElementIndex count = 0;
for ( CEditElement* c = GetChild();
c;
c = c->GetNextSibling() ) {
count += c->GetPersistentCount();
}
return count;
}
ElementIndex CEditElement::GetElementIndex()
{
CEditElement* parent = GetParent();
if ( parent )
return parent->GetElementIndexOf(this);
else
return 0;
}
ElementIndex CEditElement::GetElementIndexOf(CEditElement* child)
{
ElementIndex index = GetElementIndex();
for ( CEditElement* c = GetChild();
c;
c = c->GetNextSibling() ) {
if ( child == c )
{
return index;
}
index += c->GetPersistentCount();
}
XP_ASSERT(FALSE); // Couldn't find this child.
return index;
}
void CEditElement::FinishedLoad( CEditBuffer* pBuffer ){
CEditElement* pNext = 0;
for ( CEditElement* pChild = GetChild();
pChild;
pChild = pNext ) {
pNext = pChild->GetNextSibling();
if ( IsAcceptableChild(*pChild) ){
pChild->FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
}
else {
#ifdef DEBUG
XP_TRACE(("Removing an unacceptable child. Parent type %d child type %d.\n",
GetElementType(), pChild->GetElementType()));
#endif
delete pChild;
}
}
}
//
// Containers can't be deleted during adjustment or we will blow up. We need
// While adjusting containers, new containers are inserted.
//
void CEditElement::AdjustContainers( CEditBuffer* pBuffer ){
for ( CEditElement* pChild = GetChild();
pChild;
pChild = pChild->GetNextSibling() ) {
pChild->AdjustContainers(pBuffer);
}
}
int16 CEditElement::GetWinCSID(){
// International Character set ID
CEditRootDocElement* pRoot = GetRootDoc();
if ( pRoot ) {
CEditBuffer* pBuffer = pRoot->GetEditBuffer();
if ( pBuffer ) {
return pBuffer->GetRAMCharSetID();
}
}
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
return CS_FE_ASCII;
}
void CEditElement::EnsureSelectableSiblings(CEditBuffer* pBuffer)
{
// To ensure that we can edit before or after the table,
// make sure that there is a container before and after the table.
CEditElement* pParent = GetParent();
if ( ! pParent ) {
return;
}
{
// Make sure the previous sibling exists and is a container
CEditElement* pPrevious = GetPreviousSibling();
// EXPERIMENTAL: Don't force another container before inserted table
if (pPrevious && pPrevious->GetType() == P_DIVISION)
pPrevious = pPrevious->GetChild();
#if 0
if ( ! pPrevious ) {
#else
if ( ! pPrevious || !pPrevious->IsContainer() ) {
#endif
pPrevious = CEditContainerElement::NewDefaultContainer( NULL,
pParent->GetDefaultAlignment() );
pPrevious->InsertBefore(this);
pPrevious->FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
}
}
{
// Make sure the next sibling exists and is container
CEditElement* pNext = GetNextSibling();
if (pNext && pNext->GetType() == P_DIVISION)
pNext = pNext->GetChild();
#if 0
if ( ! pNext || pNext->IsEndContainer() ) {
#else
if ( ! pNext || pNext->IsEndContainer() || !pNext->IsContainer()) {
#endif
pNext = CEditContainerElement::NewDefaultContainer( NULL,
pParent->GetDefaultAlignment() );
pNext->InsertAfter(this);
pNext->FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
}
}
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Reverse navagation (left)
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// these routines are a little expensive. If we need to, we can make the linked
// lists of elements, doubly linked.
//
CEditElement* CEditElement::GetPreviousSibling(){
if( GetParent() == 0 ){
return 0;
}
// point to our first sibling.
CEditElement *pSibling = GetParent()->GetChild();
// if we are the first sibling, then there is no previous sibling.
if ( pSibling == this ){
return 0;
}
// if we get an Exception in this loop, the tree is messed up!
while( pSibling->GetNextSibling() != this ){
pSibling = pSibling->GetNextSibling();
}
return pSibling;
}
void CEditElement::SetChild(CEditElement *pChild){
RawSetChild(pChild);
}
void CEditElement::SetNextSibling(CEditElement* pNext){
RawSetNextSibling(pNext);
}
CEditElement* CEditElement::GetLastChild(){
CEditElement* pChild;
if( (pChild = GetChild()) == 0 ){
return 0;
}
while( pChild->GetNextSibling() ){
pChild = pChild->GetNextSibling();
}
return pChild;
}
CEditElement* CEditElement::GetFirstMostChild(){
CEditElement* pChild = this;
CEditElement* pPrev = pChild;
while( pPrev ){
pChild = pPrev;
pPrev = pPrev->GetChild();
}
return pChild;
}
CEditElement* CEditElement::GetLastMostChild(){
CEditElement* pChild = this;
CEditElement* pNext = pChild;
while( pNext ){
pChild = pNext;
pNext = pNext->GetLastChild();
}
return pChild;
}
CEditContainerElement* CEditElement::GetPreviousNonEmptyContainer()
{
CEditElement *pPrev = GetPreviousSibling();
CEditContainerElement* pPrevContainer;
while (pPrev && pPrev->IsContainer())
{
pPrevContainer=pPrev->Container();
if (!pPrevContainer->IsEmpty())
return pPrevContainer;
pPrev=pPrev->GetPreviousSibling();
}
return NULL;
}
CEditContainerElement* CEditElement::GetNextNonEmptyContainer()
{
CEditElement *pNext = GetNextSibling();
CEditContainerElement* pNextContainer;
while (pNext&& pNext->IsContainer())
{
pNextContainer=pNext->Container();
if (!pNextContainer->IsEmpty())
return pNextContainer;
pNext=pNext->GetNextSibling();
}
return NULL;
}
///////////////////////////////////////////////
/////END CEDITELEMENT IMPLEMENTATION///////////
///////////////////////////////////////////////
CEditTableCellElement* CEditElement::GetTableCell() {
// Returns containing cell, or NULL if none.
CEditElement* pElement = this;
while ( pElement ) {
if ( pElement->IsTableCell() ) {
break;
}
if ( pElement->IsSubDoc() && pElement != this ) {
return NULL;
}
pElement = pElement->GetParent();
}
return (CEditTableCellElement*) pElement;
}
CEditTableCellElement* CEditElement::GetTableCellIgnoreSubdoc() {
// Returns containing cell, or NULL if none.
CEditElement* pElement = this;
while ( pElement ) {
if ( pElement->IsTableCell() ) {
break;
}
pElement = pElement->GetParent();
}
return (CEditTableCellElement*) pElement;
}
CEditTableRowElement* CEditElement::GetTableRow() {
// Returns containing cell, or NULL if none.
CEditElement* pElement = this;
while ( pElement ) {
if ( pElement->IsTableRow() ) {
break;
}
if ( pElement->IsSubDoc() && pElement != this ) {
return NULL;
}
pElement = pElement->GetParent();
}
return (CEditTableRowElement*) pElement;
}
CEditTableRowElement* CEditElement::GetTableRowIgnoreSubdoc() {
// Returns containing cell, or NULL if none.
CEditElement* pElement = this;
while ( pElement ) {
if ( pElement->IsTableRow() ) {
break;
}
pElement = pElement->GetParent();
}
return (CEditTableRowElement*) pElement;
}
CEditCaptionElement* CEditElement::GetCaption() {
// Returns containing tavle, or NULL if none.
CEditElement* pElement = this;
while ( pElement ) {
if ( pElement->IsCaption() ) {
break;
}
if ( pElement->IsSubDoc() && pElement != this ) {
return NULL;
}
pElement = pElement->GetParent();
}
return (CEditCaptionElement*) pElement;
}
CEditCaptionElement* CEditElement::GetCaptionIgnoreSubdoc() {
// Returns containing table, or NULL if none.
CEditElement* pElement = this;
while ( pElement ) {
if ( pElement->IsCaption() ) {
break;
}
pElement = pElement->GetParent();
}
return (CEditCaptionElement*) pElement;
}
CEditTableElement* CEditElement::GetTable() {
// Returns containing table, or NULL if none.
CEditElement* pElement = this;
while ( pElement ) {
if ( pElement->IsTable() ) {
break;
}
if ( pElement->IsSubDoc() && pElement != this ) {
return NULL;
}
pElement = pElement->GetParent();
}
return (CEditTableElement*) pElement;
}
CEditTableElement* CEditElement::GetTableIgnoreSubdoc() {
// Returns containing table, or NULL if none.
CEditElement* pElement = this;
while ( pElement ) {
if ( pElement->IsTable() ) {
break;
}
pElement = pElement->GetParent();
}
return (CEditTableElement*) pElement;
}
CEditElement* CEditElement::GetTopmostTableOrLayer() {
// Returns containing table, or NULL if none.
CEditElement* pResult = NULL;
CEditElement* pElement = this;
while ( pElement ) {
if ( pElement->IsTable() || pElement->IsLayer()) {
pResult = pElement;
}
pElement = pElement->GetParent();
}
return pResult;
}
CEditElement* CEditElement::GetTableOrLayerIgnoreSubdoc() {
// Returns containing table, or NULL if none.
CEditElement* pElement = this;
while ( pElement ) {
if ( pElement->IsTable() || pElement->IsLayer() ) {
break;
}
pElement = pElement->GetParent();
}
return pElement;
}
CEditElement* CEditElement::GetSubDocOrLayerSkipRoot() {
// Returns containing sub-doc, or NULL if none.
CEditElement* pElement = this;
while ( pElement ) {
if ( pElement->IsLayer() ||
(pElement->IsSubDoc() && !pElement->IsRoot() ) ) {
break;
}
pElement = pElement->GetParent();
}
return pElement;
}
CEditLayerElement* CEditElement::GetLayer() {
// Returns containing Layer, or NULL if none.
CEditElement* pElement = this;
while ( pElement ) {
if ( pElement->IsLayer() ) {
break;
}
if ( pElement->IsSubDoc() && pElement != this ) {
return NULL;
}
pElement = pElement->GetParent();
}
return (CEditLayerElement*) pElement;
}
CEditLayerElement* CEditElement::GetLayerIgnoreSubdoc() {
// Returns containing Layer, or NULL if none.
CEditElement* pElement = this;
while ( pElement ) {
if ( pElement->IsLayer() ) {
break;
}
pElement = pElement->GetParent();
}
return (CEditLayerElement*) pElement;
}
CEditSubDocElement* CEditElement::GetSubDoc() {
// Returns containing sub-doc, or NULL if none.
CEditElement* pElement = this;
while ( pElement ) {
if ( pElement->IsSubDoc() ) {
break;
}
pElement = pElement->GetParent();
}
return (CEditSubDocElement*) pElement;
}
CEditSubDocElement* CEditElement::GetSubDocSkipRoot() {
// Returns containing sub-doc, or NULL if none.
CEditElement* pElement = this;
while ( pElement ) {
if ( pElement->IsSubDoc() && !pElement->IsRoot() ) {
break;
}
pElement = pElement->GetParent();
}
return (CEditSubDocElement*) pElement;
}
CEditRootDocElement* CEditElement::GetRootDoc(){
// Returns containing root.
CEditElement* pElement = this;
while ( pElement ) {
if ( pElement->IsRoot() ) {
break;
}
pElement = pElement->GetParent();
}
return (CEditRootDocElement*) pElement;
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::InMungableMailQuote(){
// Returns true if this element is within a mungable mail quote.
CEditElement* pElement = this;
while ( pElement ) {
if ( pElement->IsSubDoc() ) {
return FALSE;
}
else if ( pElement->IsList() ) {
CEditListElement* pList = pElement->List();
if ( pList->IsMailQuote() ) {
return TRUE;
}
}
pElement = pElement->GetParent();
}
return FALSE;
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::InMailQuote(){
// Returns true if this element is within a mail quote.
return (GetMailQuote() != NULL);
}
CEditListElement* CEditElement::GetMailQuote() {
CEditElement* pElement = this;
while ( pElement ) {
if ( pElement->IsList() ) {
CEditListElement* pList = pElement->List();
if ( pList->IsMailQuote() ) {
return pList;
}
}
pElement = pElement->GetParent();
}
return NULL;
}
// This is silly -- we never return anything other than ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT???
ED_Alignment CEditElement::GetDefaultAlignment(){
if ( m_pParent )
return m_pParent->GetDefaultAlignment();
return ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT;
}
ED_Alignment CEditElement::GetDefaultVAlignment(){
if ( m_pParent )
return m_pParent->GetDefaultVAlignment();
return ED_ALIGN_TOP;
}
CEditElement* CEditElement::UpLeft( PMF_EditElementTest pmf, void *pTestData ){
CEditElement *pPrev = this;
CEditElement* pRet;
while( (pPrev = pPrev->GetPreviousSibling()) != NULL ){
pRet = pPrev->DownLeft( pmf, pTestData );
if( pRet ){
return pRet;
}
}
if( GetParent() ){
return GetParent()->UpLeft( pmf, pTestData );
}
else{
return 0;
}
}
//
// All the children come before the node.
//
CEditElement* CEditElement::DownLeft( PMF_EditElementTest pmf, void *pTestData,
XP_Bool /* bIgnoreThis */ ){
CEditElement *pChild;
CEditElement *pRet;
pChild = GetLastChild();
while( pChild != NULL ){
if( (pRet = pChild->DownLeft( pmf, pTestData )) != NULL ){
return pRet;
}
pChild = pChild->GetPreviousSibling();
}
if( TestIsTrue( pmf, pTestData ) ){
return this;
}
return 0;
}
CEditElement* CEditElement::FindPreviousElement( PMF_EditElementTest pmf,
void *pTestData ){
return UpLeft( pmf, pTestData );
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// forward navagation (right)
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
CEditElement* CEditElement::UpRight( PMF_EditElementTest pmf, void *pTestData ){
CEditElement *pNext = this;
CEditElement* pRet;
while( (pNext = pNext->GetNextSibling()) != NULL ){
pRet = pNext->DownRight( pmf, pTestData );
if( pRet ){
return pRet;
}
}
if( GetParent() ){
return GetParent()->UpRight( pmf, pTestData );
}
else{
return 0;
}
}
CEditElement* CEditElement::DownRight( PMF_EditElementTest pmf, void *pTestData,
XP_Bool bIgnoreThis ){
CEditElement *pChild;
CEditElement *pRet;
if( !bIgnoreThis && TestIsTrue( pmf, pTestData ) ){
return this;
}
pChild = GetChild();
while( pChild != NULL ){
if( (pRet = pChild->DownRight( pmf, pTestData )) != NULL ){
return pRet;
}
pChild = pChild->GetNextSibling();
}
return 0;
}
CEditElement* CEditElement::FindNextElement( PMF_EditElementTest pmf,
void *pTestData ){
CEditElement *pRet;
pRet = DownRight( pmf, pTestData, TRUE );
if( pRet ){
return pRet;
}
return UpRight( pmf, pTestData );
}
//
// routine looks for a valid text block for positioning during editing.
//
XP_Bool CEditElement::FindText( void* /*pVoid*/ ){
CEditElement *pPrev;
//
// if this is a text block and the layout element actually points to
// something, return it.
//
if( GetType() == P_TEXT ){
CEditTextElement *pText = Text();
if( pText->GetLen() == 0 ){
//
// Find only empty text blocks that occur at the beginning of
// a paragraph (as a paragraph place holder)
//
pPrev = FindPreviousElement( &CEditElement::FindTextAll, 0 );
if( pPrev && pPrev->FindContainer() == FindContainer() ){
return FALSE;
}
}
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::FindImage( void* /*pVoid*/ ){
return IsImage() ;
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::FindTarget( void* /*pVoid*/ ){
return GetElementType() == eTargetElement ;
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::FindUnknownHTML( void* /*pVoid*/ ){
return IsLeaf() && Leaf()->IsUnknownHTML();
}
//
// routine looks for a valid text block for positioning during editing.
//
XP_Bool CEditElement::FindLeaf( void* pVoid ){
if( !IsLeaf() ){
return FALSE;
}
if( IsA(P_TEXT) ){
return FindText( pVoid );
}
else {
return TRUE;
}
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::FindTextAll( void* /*pVoid*/ ){
//
// if this is a text block and the layout element actually points to
// something, return it.
//
if( GetType() == P_TEXT ){
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::FindLeafAll( void* /*pVoid*/ ){
//
// if this is a text block and the layout element actually points to
// something, return it.
//
if( IsLeaf() ){
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::FindTable( void* /*pVoid*/ ){
return IsTable();
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::FindTableRow( void* /*pVoid*/ ){
return IsTableRow();
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::FindTableCell( void* /*pVoid*/ ){
return IsTableCell();
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::SplitContainerTest( void* /*pVoid*/ ){
return BitSet( edt_setTextContainer, GetType() );
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::SplitFormattingTest( void* pVoid ){
return (void*)GetType() == pVoid;
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::FindContainer( void* /*pVoid*/ ){
return IsContainer();
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::GetWidth(XP_Bool * pPercent, int32 * pWidth) {
PA_Tag *pTag = TagOpen(0);
if( !pTag ){
return FALSE;
}
XP_Bool bPercent;
int32 iWidth;
XP_Bool bDefined = edt_FetchDimension( pTag,
PARAM_WIDTH, &iWidth, &bPercent, 0, FALSE, GetWinCSID() );
if( bDefined ){
if( pPercent ){
*pPercent = bPercent;
}
if( pWidth ){
*pWidth = iWidth;
}
}
return bDefined;
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::GetHeight(XP_Bool * pPercent, int32 * pHeight) {
PA_Tag *pTag = TagOpen(0);
if( !pTag ){
return FALSE;
}
XP_Bool bPercent;
int32 iHeight;
XP_Bool bDefined = edt_FetchDimension( pTag,
PARAM_HEIGHT, &iHeight, &bPercent, 0, FALSE, GetWinCSID() );
if( bDefined ){
if( pPercent ){
*pPercent = bPercent;
}
if( pHeight ){
*pHeight = iHeight;
}
}
return bDefined;
}
void CEditElement::SetSize(XP_Bool /* bWidthPercent */, int32 /* iWidth */,
XP_Bool /* bHeightPercent */, int32 /* iHeight */){
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::CanReflow() {
return TRUE;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Default printing routines.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
void CEditElement::PrintOpen( CPrintState *pPrintState ){
InternalPrintOpen(pPrintState, m_pTagData);
}
void CEditElement::InternalPrintOpen( CPrintState *pPrintState, char* pTagData ){
if( !(BitSet( edt_setCharFormat, GetType())
|| BitSet( edt_setSuppressNewlineBefore, GetType())) ){
pPrintState->m_pOut->Write( "\n", 1 );
pPrintState->m_iCharPos = 0;
}
if( pTagData && *pTagData != '>' ){
char *pStr = pTagData;
while( *pStr == ' ' ) pStr++;
// Trim trailing white-space in-place
{
intn len = XP_STRLEN(pStr);
while ( len > 1 && pStr[len-2] == ' ') {
len--;
}
if ( len > 1 ) {
pStr[len-1] = '>';
pStr[len] = '\0';
}
}
pPrintState->m_iCharPos += pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "<%s %s",
EDT_TagString(GetType()),pStr);
}
else {
pPrintState->m_iCharPos += pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "<%s>",
EDT_TagString(GetType()) );
}
if ( BitSet( edt_setRequireNewlineAfter, GetType()) ){
pPrintState->m_pOut->Write( "\n", 1 );
pPrintState->m_iCharPos = 0;
}
}
void CEditElement::PrintEnd( CPrintState *pPrintState ){
if( TagHasClose( GetType() ) || BitSet( edt_setWriteEndTag, GetType() ) ){
pPrintState->m_iCharPos += pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "</%s>",
EDT_TagString(GetType()) );
if( !BitSet( edt_setCharFormat, GetType() ) ){
pPrintState->m_pOut->Write( "\n", 1 );
pPrintState->m_iCharPos = 0;
}
}
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Insertion routines
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
CEditElement* CEditElement::InsertAfter( CEditElement *pPrev ){
XP_ASSERT(m_pParent == NULL);
m_pParent = pPrev->GetParent();
SetNextSibling(pPrev->GetNextSibling());
pPrev->SetNextSibling(this);
return m_pParent;
}
CEditElement* CEditElement::InsertBefore( CEditElement *pNext ){
XP_ASSERT(m_pParent == NULL);
XP_ASSERT(pNext != NULL);
CEditElement *pPrev = pNext->GetPreviousSibling();
if( pPrev == 0 ){
InsertAsFirstChild( pNext->GetParent() );
}
else {
m_pParent = pNext->GetParent();
SetNextSibling(pPrev->m_pNext);
pPrev->SetNextSibling(this);
}
return m_pParent;
}
void CEditElement::InsertAsFirstChild( CEditElement *pParent ){
XP_ASSERT(m_pParent == NULL);
m_pParent = pParent;
SetNextSibling(pParent->GetChild());
pParent->SetChild(this);
}
void CEditElement::InsertAsLastChild( CEditElement *pParent ){
XP_ASSERT(m_pParent == NULL);
m_pParent = pParent;
SetNextSibling( 0 );
CEditElement *pPrev = pParent->GetLastChild();
if( pPrev == 0 ){
pParent->SetChild(this);
}
else {
pPrev->SetNextSibling(this);
}
}
CEditElement* CEditElement::Split( CEditElement *pLastChild,
CEditElement* pCloneTree,
PMF_EditElementTest pmf,
void *pData ){
CEditElement *pClone = Clone();
pClone->SetChild(pCloneTree);
if( pLastChild->m_pNext ){
if( pCloneTree != 0 ){
pCloneTree->SetNextSibling(pLastChild->m_pNext);
}
else {
pClone->SetChild(pLastChild->m_pNext);
}
pLastChild->SetNextSibling( 0 );
}
//
// Reparent all the children that have been moved to the clone.
//
CEditElement* pNext = pClone->m_pChild;
while( pNext ){
pNext->m_pParent = pClone;
pNext = pNext->GetNextSibling();
}
//
// If we are at the container point
//
if( TestIsTrue( pmf, pData ) ){
return pClone->InsertAfter( this );
}
else {
return GetParent()->Split( this, pClone, pmf, pData );
}
}
CEditElement* CEditElement::Clone( CEditElement *pParent ){
return new CEditElement(pParent, GetType(), GetTagData());
}
//
// Copied formatting, returns the bottom of the chain (Child most formatting
// element)
//
CEditElement* CEditElement::CloneFormatting( TagType endType ){
if( GetType() == endType ){
return 0;
}
else {
return Clone( GetParent()->CloneFormatting(endType) );
}
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::IsFirstInContainer(){
CEditElement *pPrevious, *pContainer, *pPreviousContainer;
pPrevious = PreviousLeaf();
if( pPrevious ){
pContainer = FindContainer();
pPreviousContainer = pPrevious->FindContainer();
if( pContainer != pPreviousContainer ){
return TRUE;
}
else {
return FALSE;
}
}
else {
return TRUE;
}
}
CEditTextElement* CEditElement::PreviousTextInContainer(){
CEditElement *pPrevious, *pContainer, *pPreviousContainer;
pPrevious = FindPreviousElement( &CEditElement::FindText, 0 );
if( pPrevious ){
pContainer = FindContainer();
pPreviousContainer = pPrevious->FindContainer();
if( pContainer != pPreviousContainer ){
return 0;
}
else {
return pPrevious->Text();
}
}
else {
return 0;
}
}
CEditTextElement* CEditElement::TextInContainerAfter(){
CEditElement *pNext, *pContainer, *pNextContainer;
pNext = FindNextElement( &CEditElement::FindText, 0 );
if( pNext ){
pContainer = FindContainer();
pNextContainer = pNext->FindContainer();
if( pContainer != pNextContainer ){
return 0;
}
else {
return pNext->Text();
}
}
else {
return 0;
}
}
CEditLeafElement* CEditElement::PreviousLeafInContainer(){
CEditElement *pPrevious, *pContainer, *pPreviousContainer;
pPrevious = PreviousLeaf();
if( pPrevious ){
pContainer = FindContainer();
pPreviousContainer = pPrevious->FindContainer();
if( pContainer != pPreviousContainer ){
return 0;
}
else {
return pPrevious->Leaf();
}
}
else {
return 0;
}
}
CEditLeafElement* CEditElement::LeafInContainerAfter(){
CEditElement *pNext, *pContainer, *pNextContainer;
pNext = NextLeaf();
if( pNext ){
pContainer = FindContainer();
pNextContainer = pNext->FindContainer();
if( pContainer != pNextContainer ){
return 0;
}
else {
return pNext->Leaf();
}
}
else {
return 0;
}
}
CEditLeafElement* CEditElement::NextLeafAll(XP_Bool bForward){
if ( bForward ) {
return (CEditLeafElement*) FindNextElement(&CEditElement::FindLeafAll, 0 );
}
else {
return (CEditLeafElement*) FindPreviousElement(&CEditElement::FindLeafAll, 0 );
}
}
CEditElement* CEditElement::GetRoot(){
CEditElement* pRoot = this;
while ( pRoot ) {
CEditElement* pParent = pRoot->GetParent();
if ( ! pParent ) break;
pRoot = pParent;
}
return pRoot;
}
CEditElement* CEditElement::GetCommonAncestor(CEditElement* pOther){
if ( this == pOther ) return this;
// Start at root, and trickle down to find where they diverge
CEditElement* pRoot = GetRoot();
CEditElement* pRootOther = pOther->GetRoot();
if ( pRoot != pRootOther ) return NULL;
CEditElement* pCommon = pRoot;
while ( pCommon ){
CEditElement* pAncestor = pCommon->GetChildContaining(this);
CEditElement* pAncestorOther = pCommon->GetChildContaining(pOther);
if ( pAncestor != pAncestorOther ) break;
pCommon = pAncestor;
}
return pCommon;
}
CEditElement* CEditElement::GetChildContaining(CEditElement* pDescendant){
CEditElement* pParent = pDescendant;
while ( pParent ) {
CEditElement* pTemp = pParent->GetParent();
if ( pTemp == this ) break; // Our direct child
pParent = pTemp;
}
return pParent;
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::IsAcceptableChild(CEditElement& /* pChild */) {return TRUE;}
//
// Unlink from parent, but keep children
//
void CEditElement::Unlink(){
CEditElement* pParent = GetParent();
if( pParent ){
CEditElement *pPrev = GetPreviousSibling();
if( pPrev ){
pPrev->SetNextSibling( GetNextSibling() );
}
else {
pParent->SetChild(GetNextSibling());
}
m_pParent = 0;
SetNextSibling( 0 );
}
}
// LTNOTE: 01/01/96
// We take take the characteristics of the thing that follows this paragraph
// instead of keeping this paragraphs characteristics.
//
// jhp -- paste takes characteristic of second, but backspace takes
// characteristic of first, so we need a flag to control it.
// bCopyAppendAttributes == TRUE for the second (cut/paste)
// bCopyAppendAttributes == FALSE for the first (backspace/delete)
void CEditElement::Merge( CEditElement *pAppendBlock, XP_Bool bCopyAppendAttributes ){
CEditElement* pChild = GetLastChild();
CEditElement* pAppendChild = pAppendBlock->GetChild();
// LTNOTE: 01/01/96 - I don't think this should be happening anymore.
// The way we deal with leaves and containers should keep this from
// occuring...
//
// Check to see if pAppendBlock is a child of this.
//
// LTNOTE: this is a case where we have
// UL:
// text: some text
// LI:
// text: XXX some More text
// LI:
// text: and some more.
//
// Merge occurs before xxx
//
CEditElement *pAppendParent = pAppendBlock->GetParent();
CEditElement *pAppendBlock2 = pAppendBlock;
XP_Bool bDone = FALSE;
while( !bDone && pAppendParent ){
if( pAppendParent == this ){
pChild = pAppendBlock2->GetPreviousSibling();
bDone = TRUE;
}
else {
pAppendBlock2 = pAppendParent;
pAppendParent = pAppendParent->GetParent();
}
}
pAppendBlock->Unlink();
if( pChild == 0 ){
m_pChild = pAppendChild;
}
else {
CEditElement *pOldNext = pChild->m_pNext;
pChild->SetNextSibling( pAppendChild );
// kind of sleazy. we haven't updated the link, GetLastChild will
// return the end of pAppendBlock's children.
GetLastChild()->SetNextSibling( pOldNext );
}
pAppendBlock->m_pChild = 0;
while( pAppendChild ){
pAppendChild->m_pParent = this;
pAppendChild = pAppendChild->GetNextSibling();
}
//
// LTNOTE: whack the container type to reflect the thing we just pulled
// up.
//
//XP_ASSERT( IsContainer() && pAppendBlock->IsContainer() );
if( bCopyAppendAttributes && IsContainer() && pAppendBlock->IsContainer() ){
Container()->CopyAttributes( pAppendBlock->Container() );
}
delete pAppendBlock;
}
// By default, yes for any non-atomic tag
XP_Bool CEditElement::IsContainerContainer(){
return !BitSet( edt_setNoEndTag, GetType());
}
//
// Search up the tree for the element that contains us.
// - start with us.
CEditContainerElement* CEditElement::FindContainer(){
CEditElement *pRet = this;
while( pRet ){
if ( pRet->IsSubDoc() && pRet != this ) break;
if( pRet->IsContainer() ){
return pRet->Container();
}
pRet = pRet->GetParent();
}
return 0;
}
//
// Search up the tree for the element that contains us.
// - skip us.
CEditContainerElement* CEditElement::FindEnclosingContainer(){
CEditElement *pRet = this->GetParent();
if ( pRet ){
return pRet->FindContainer();
}
return 0;
}
void CEditElement::FindList( CEditContainerElement*& pContainer,
CEditListElement*& pList ) {
pList = 0;
XP_Bool bDone = FALSE;
pContainer = FindEnclosingContainer();
while( !bDone ){
if( pContainer->GetParent()->IsList() ){
pList = pContainer->GetParent()->List();
bDone = TRUE;
}
else {
CEditElement *pParentContainer = pContainer->FindEnclosingContainer();
if( pParentContainer ){
pContainer = pParentContainer->Container();
}
else {
bDone = TRUE;
}
}
}
}
CEditElement* CEditElement::FindContainerContainer(){
CEditElement *pRet = this;
while( pRet ){
// Don't need explicit subdoc test because
// sub-docs are paragraph containers.
if ( pRet->IsContainerContainer() ){
return pRet;
}
pRet = pRet->GetParent();
}
return 0;
}
#ifdef DEBUG
void CEditElement::ValidateTree(){
CEditElement* pChild;
CEditElement* pLoopFinder;
// Make sure that all of our children point to us.
// Makes sure all children are valid.
// Make sure we don't have an infinite loop of children.
// Use a second pointer that goes
// around the loop twice as fast -- if it ever catches up with
// pChild, there's a loop. (And yes, since you're wondering,
// we did run into infinite loops here...)
pChild = GetChild();
pLoopFinder = pChild;
while( pChild ){
if( pChild->GetParent() != this ){
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
}
XP_ASSERT(IsAcceptableChild(*pChild));
pChild->ValidateTree();
for ( int i = 0; i < 2; i++ ){
if ( pLoopFinder ) {
pLoopFinder = pLoopFinder->GetNextSibling();
if (pLoopFinder == pChild) {
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
return;
}
}
}
pChild = pChild->GetNextSibling();
}
}
#endif
CEditElement* CEditElement::Divide(int /* iOffset */){
return this;
}
XP_Bool CEditElement::DeleteElement(CEditElement* pTellIfKilled){
CEditElement *pKill = this;
CEditElement *pParent;
XP_Bool bKilled = FALSE;
CEditBuffer *pBuffer = GetEditBuffer();
if( pBuffer )
{
// Clear the table/cell selection if element is
// the selected cell or table, or is contained in a cell or table
// Also clears element saved in buffer if = to "this"
pBuffer->CleanupForDeletedElement(pKill);
}
do {
pParent = pKill->GetParent();
pKill->Unlink();
if( pKill == pTellIfKilled ){
bKilled = TRUE;
}
delete pKill;
pKill = pParent;
} while( pKill->GetChild() == 0 );
return bKilled;
}
void CEditElement::DeleteChildren(){
CEditElement* pNext = 0;
for ( CEditElement* pChild = GetChild();
pChild;
pChild = pNext ) {
pNext = pChild->GetNextSibling();
pChild->Unlink();
pChild->DeleteChildren();
delete pChild;
}
}
// class CEditSubDocElement
CEditSubDocElement::CEditSubDocElement(CEditElement *pParent, int tagType, char* pData)
: CEditElement(pParent, tagType, pData)
{
}
CEditSubDocElement::CEditSubDocElement(CEditElement *pParent, PA_Tag *pTag, int16 csid)
: CEditElement(pParent, pTag, csid)
{
}
CEditSubDocElement::CEditSubDocElement(IStreamIn *pStreamIn, CEditBuffer *pBuffer)
: CEditElement(pStreamIn, pBuffer)
{
}
void CEditSubDocElement::FinishedLoad( CEditBuffer* pBuffer ){
CEditElement* pChild = GetChild();
if ( ! pChild ) {
// Subdocs have to have children.
// Put an empty paragraph into any empty subdoc.
pChild = CEditContainerElement::NewDefaultContainer( this,
IsCaption() ? ED_ALIGN_ABSCENTER : GetDefaultAlignment() );
// Creating it inserts it.
(void) new CEditTextElement(pChild, 0);
}
// Put any leaves into a container.
CEditContainerElement* pContainer = NULL;
CEditElement* pNext = 0;
for ( ;
pChild;
pChild = pNext) {
pNext = pChild->GetNextSibling(); // We might unlink pChild
if ( ! IsAcceptableChild(*pChild) ){
if ( pChild->IsLeaf() ){
if ( ! pContainer ){
pContainer = CEditContainerElement::NewDefaultContainer(NULL, GetDefaultAlignment());
pContainer->InsertAfter(pChild);
}
pChild->Unlink();
pChild->InsertAsLastChild(pContainer);
}
else {
XP_TRACE(("CEditSubDocElement: deleteing child of unknown type %d.\n",
pChild->GetElementType()));
delete pChild;
pChild = NULL;
}
}
else {
if ( pContainer ){
pContainer->FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
pContainer = NULL;
}
}
if ( pChild ) {
pChild->FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
}
}
if ( pContainer ){
pContainer->FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
pContainer = NULL;
}
}
XP_Bool CEditSubDocElement::Reduce( CEditBuffer* /* pBuffer */ ){
return FALSE;
}
#define LAYOUT_ARRAY_SIZE 500
// class CEditTableElement
// Default table params for constructors and ::NewData()
// Its alot easier to edit with > 1 pixels for these
// Easier to select, size, and drag cells, rows, and columns
#define ED_DEFAULT_TABLE_BORDER 3
#define ED_DEFAULT_CELL_SPACING 3
// Space between edge of cell and contents
// Extra here makes it easier to place caret inside a cell
#define ED_DEFAULT_CELL_PADDING 3
CEditTableElement::CEditTableElement(intn columns, intn rows)
: CEditElement(0, P_TABLE, 0),
m_backgroundColor(),
m_pBackgroundImage(0),
m_iBackgroundSaveIndex(0),
m_align(ED_ALIGN_LEFT),
m_malign(ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT),
m_iWidth(1),
m_iWidthPixels(1),
m_iHeight(1),
m_iHeightPixels(1),
m_bWidthPercent(FALSE),
m_bHeightPercent(FALSE),
m_iCellSpacing(ED_DEFAULT_CELL_SPACING),
m_iCellPadding(ED_DEFAULT_CELL_PADDING),
m_iCellBorder(0),
m_pFirstCellInColumnOrRow(0),
m_pNextCellInColumnOrRow(0),
m_iGetRow(0),
m_iRowY(0),
m_iColX(0),
m_bSpan(0),
m_iRows(0),
m_iColumns(0),
m_pCurrentCell(0),
m_bSaveWidthPercent(FALSE),
m_bSaveHeightPercent(FALSE),
m_bSaveWidthDefined(FALSE),
m_bSaveHeightDefined(FALSE),
m_iColumnLayoutSize(LAYOUT_ARRAY_SIZE),
m_iRowLayoutSize(LAYOUT_ARRAY_SIZE)
{
EDT_TRY {
for (intn row = 0; row < rows; row++ ){
CEditTableRowElement* pRow = new CEditTableRowElement(columns);
pRow->InsertAsFirstChild(this);
}
m_pColumnLayoutData = (EDT_CellLayoutData*)XP_ALLOC(LAYOUT_ARRAY_SIZE*sizeof(EDT_CellLayoutData));
m_pRowLayoutData = (EDT_CellLayoutData*)XP_ALLOC(LAYOUT_ARRAY_SIZE*sizeof(EDT_CellLayoutData));
}
EDT_CATCH_ALL {
Finalize();
EDT_RETHROW;
}
}
CEditTableElement::CEditTableElement(CEditElement *pParent, PA_Tag *pTag, int16 csid, ED_Alignment align)
: CEditElement(pParent, P_TABLE),
m_backgroundColor(),
m_pBackgroundImage(0),
m_iBackgroundSaveIndex(0),
m_align(align),
m_malign(ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT),
m_iWidth(1),
m_iWidthPixels(1),
m_iHeight(1),
m_iHeightPixels(1),
m_bWidthPercent(FALSE),
m_bHeightPercent(FALSE),
m_iCellSpacing(ED_DEFAULT_CELL_SPACING),
m_iCellPadding(ED_DEFAULT_CELL_PADDING),
m_iCellBorder(0),
m_pFirstCellInColumnOrRow(0),
m_pNextCellInColumnOrRow(0),
m_iGetRow(0),
m_iRowY(0),
m_iColX(0),
m_bSpan(0),
m_iRows(0),
m_iColumns(0),
m_pCurrentCell(0),
m_bSaveWidthPercent(FALSE),
m_bSaveHeightPercent(FALSE),
m_bSaveWidthDefined(FALSE),
m_bSaveHeightDefined(FALSE),
m_iColumnLayoutSize(LAYOUT_ARRAY_SIZE),
m_iRowLayoutSize(LAYOUT_ARRAY_SIZE)
{
switch( m_align ) {
case ED_ALIGN_CENTER:
/* OK case -- 'center' tag. */
m_align = ED_ALIGN_ABSCENTER;
break;
case ED_ALIGN_LEFT:
case ED_ALIGN_ABSCENTER:
case ED_ALIGN_RIGHT:
break;
default:
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
/* Falls through */
case ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT:
m_align = ED_ALIGN_LEFT;
break;
}
if( pTag ){
EDT_TableData *pData = ParseParams(pTag, csid);
pData->align = m_align;
SetData(pData);
FreeData(pData);
}
m_pColumnLayoutData = (EDT_CellLayoutData*)XP_ALLOC(LAYOUT_ARRAY_SIZE*sizeof(EDT_CellLayoutData));
m_pRowLayoutData = (EDT_CellLayoutData*)XP_ALLOC(LAYOUT_ARRAY_SIZE*sizeof(EDT_CellLayoutData));
}
CEditTableElement::CEditTableElement(IStreamIn *pStreamIn, CEditBuffer *pBuffer)
: CEditElement(pStreamIn, pBuffer),
m_backgroundColor(),
m_iBackgroundSaveIndex(0),
m_pBackgroundImage(0),
m_iWidth(1),
m_iWidthPixels(1),
m_iHeight(1),
m_iHeightPixels(1),
m_bWidthPercent(FALSE),
m_bHeightPercent(FALSE),
m_iCellSpacing(ED_DEFAULT_CELL_SPACING),
m_iCellPadding(ED_DEFAULT_CELL_PADDING),
m_iCellBorder(0),
m_pFirstCellInColumnOrRow(0),
m_pNextCellInColumnOrRow(0),
m_iGetRow(0),
m_iRowY(0),
m_iColX(0),
m_bSpan(0),
m_iRows(0),
m_iColumns(0),
m_pCurrentCell(0),
m_bSaveWidthPercent(FALSE),
m_bSaveHeightPercent(FALSE),
m_bSaveWidthDefined(FALSE),
m_bSaveHeightDefined(FALSE),
m_iColumnLayoutSize(LAYOUT_ARRAY_SIZE),
m_iRowLayoutSize(LAYOUT_ARRAY_SIZE)
{
m_align = (ED_Alignment) pStreamIn->ReadInt();
m_malign = (ED_Alignment) pStreamIn->ReadInt();
// Get size data from stream -- needed for pasting tables/cells
// We must get CSID from buffer since element is not in doc yet
//TODO: Should we pass in CSID from paste stream instead?
PA_Tag* pTag = CEditElement::TagOpen(0);
EDT_TableData *pData = ParseParams( pTag, pBuffer->GetRAMCharSetID() );
if(pData)
{
m_iWidth = pData->iWidth;
m_bWidthPercent = pData->bWidthPercent;
if( !m_bWidthPercent )
m_iWidthPixels = m_iWidth;
m_iHeight = pData->iHeight;
m_bHeightPercent = pData->bHeightPercent;
if( !m_bHeightPercent )
m_iHeightPixels = m_iHeight;
m_iCellSpacing = pData->iCellSpacing;
m_iCellPadding = pData->iCellPadding;
if( pData->bBorderWidthDefined && pData->iBorderWidth > 0 )
m_iCellBorder = 1;
else
m_iCellBorder = 0;
EDT_FreeTableData(pData);
}
PA_FreeTag( pTag );
m_pColumnLayoutData = (EDT_CellLayoutData*)XP_ALLOC(LAYOUT_ARRAY_SIZE*sizeof(EDT_CellLayoutData));
m_pRowLayoutData = (EDT_CellLayoutData*)XP_ALLOC(LAYOUT_ARRAY_SIZE*sizeof(EDT_CellLayoutData));
}
CEditTableElement::~CEditTableElement(){
delete m_pBackgroundImage;
DeleteLayoutData();
// Be sure to unselect the table if it is selected
CEditBuffer *pBuffer = GetEditBuffer();
if( pBuffer && (pBuffer->GetSelectedTable() == this) )
{
pBuffer->SelectTable(FALSE, NULL, this);
}
}
PA_Tag* CEditTableElement::TagOpen( int iEditOffset ){
return InternalTagOpen(iEditOffset, FALSE);
}
PA_Tag* CEditTableElement::InternalTagOpen( int iEditOffset, XP_Bool bForPrinting){
PA_Tag *pRet = 0;
PA_Tag* pTag;
// create the DIV tag if we need to.
if( m_align == ED_ALIGN_ABSCENTER || m_align == ED_ALIGN_RIGHT ){
pTag = XP_NEW( PA_Tag );
XP_BZERO( pTag, sizeof( PA_Tag ) );
if( m_align== ED_ALIGN_RIGHT ){
SetTagData( pTag, "ALIGN=right>");
pTag->type = P_DIVISION;
}
else {
SetTagData( pTag, ">");
pTag->type = P_CENTER;
}
pRet = pTag;
}
// create the actual table tag
EDT_TableData* pTableData = GetData();
char* pTagData = CreateTagData(pTableData, bForPrinting);
if ( pTagData ) {
pTag = XP_NEW( PA_Tag );
XP_BZERO( pTag, sizeof( PA_Tag ) );
SetTagData( pTag, pTagData );
XP_FREE(pTagData);
}
else {
pTag = CEditElement::TagOpen( iEditOffset );
}
FreeData(pTableData);
// link the tags together.
if( pRet == 0 ){
pRet = pTag;
}
else {
pRet->next = pTag;
}
return pRet;
}
PA_Tag* CEditTableElement::TagEnd( ){
PA_Tag *pRet = CEditElement::TagEnd();
if( m_align == ED_ALIGN_ABSCENTER || m_align == ED_ALIGN_RIGHT ){
PA_Tag* pTag = XP_NEW( PA_Tag );
XP_BZERO( pTag, sizeof( PA_Tag ) );
pTag->is_end = TRUE;
if( m_align == ED_ALIGN_RIGHT ){
pTag->type = P_DIVISION;
}
else {
pTag->type = P_CENTER;
}
if( pRet == 0 ){
pRet = pTag;
}
else {
pRet->next = pTag;
}
}
return pRet;
}
CEditTableRowElement* CEditTableElement::GetFirstRow()
{
CEditElement *pChild = GetChild();
if( pChild && pChild->IsTableRow() )
{
return pChild->TableRow();
}
else if( pChild )
{
// Most likely we have a caption
XP_ASSERT(pChild->IsCaption());
pChild = pChild->GetNextSibling();
if( pChild && pChild->IsTableRow() )
return pChild->TableRow();
}
return NULL;
}
CEditTableCellElement* CEditTableElement::GetFirstCell()
{
CEditElement *pChild = GetChild();
if( pChild )
{
// Skip over caption
if( pChild->IsCaption() )
pChild = pChild->GetNextSibling();
if( pChild && pChild->IsTableRow() )
{
pChild = pChild->GetChild();
if( pChild && pChild->IsTableCell() )
{
// Initialize these also so we can follow
// this call with GetNextCellInRow(), GetNextCellInColumn(),
// or GetNextCellInTable()
m_pCurrentCell = pChild->TableCell();
m_pFirstCellInColumnOrRow = m_pNextCellInColumnOrRow = m_pCurrentCell;
return m_pCurrentCell;
}
}
}
return NULL;
}
CEditTableCellElement* CEditTableElement::GetNextCellInTable(intn *pRowCounter)
{
if( m_pCurrentCell )
m_pCurrentCell = m_pCurrentCell->GetNextCellInTable(pRowCounter);
return m_pCurrentCell;
}
// The number of rows can simply be counted
intn CEditTableElement::CountRows()
{
m_iRows = 0;
for ( CEditElement* pChild = GetChild();
pChild;
pChild = pChild->GetNextSibling())
{
if ( pChild->IsTableRow() )
{
m_iRows++;
}
}
return m_iRows;
}
// Counting columns is more difficult because ROWSPAN > 1 in a cell
// pushes cells in following rows to the right.
// Thus the total number of geometric columns may be greater
// than a simple count of the number of cells in a row
// So we use a strategy similar to how we fill in m_pColumnLayoutData:
// we count the number of unique X values for all cells
intn CEditTableElement::CountColumns()
{
TXP_GrowableArray_int32 X_Array;
CEditTableCellElement *pCell = GetFirstCell();
while( pCell )
{
int32 iCellX = pCell->GetX();
XP_Bool bFound = FALSE;
// See if cell's X was already found
intn iSize = X_Array.Size();
for( intn i=0; i < iSize; i++ )
{
if( iCellX == X_Array[i] )
{
bFound = TRUE;
break;
}
}
if( !bFound )
X_Array.Add(iCellX);
pCell = GetNextCellInTable();
}
m_iColumns = X_Array.Size();
return m_iColumns;
}
CEditTableRowElement* CEditTableElement::GetRow(int32 Y, intn *pRow)
{
intn iRow = GetRowIndex(Y);
if( iRow >= 0 )
{
CEditTableCellElement *pCell = GetFirstCellAtRowIndex(iRow);
if( pRow )
*pRow = iRow;
if( pCell )
return (CEditTableRowElement*)pCell->GetParent();
}
return NULL;
// Old method -- less efficient.
// Needed only if we must use GetRow() before table is layed out,
// because thats when the m_pRowLayoutData is built (in CEditBuffer::FixupTableData())
#if 0
for ( CEditElement* pChild = GetChild();
pChild;
pChild = pChild->GetNextSibling())
{
if ( pChild->IsTableRow() )
{
// Scan row for first cell that has given Y as top
CEditTableCellElement *pCell = (CEditTableCellElement*)(pChild->GetChild());
while( pCell && pCell-IsTableCell() )
{
if( Y == pCell->GetY() )
{
if( pRow )
*pRow = iRow;
return pChild->TableRow();
}
pCell = (CEditTableCellElement*)(pCell->GetNextSibling());
}
iRow++;
}
}
return NULL;
#endif
}
CEditTableCellElement* CEditTableElement::GetFirstCellInRow(CEditTableCellElement *pCell, XP_Bool bSpan)
{
return GetFirstCellInRow(pCell->GetY(), bSpan);
}
// Get first cell of a "real" (geometric) row, based on location
// If bSpan == TRUE , this will also get a cell that spans given Y,
// even if top of cell != Y
// Note: When bSpan is TRUE, we will find a cell in row above if it spans the
// given Y. This is OK for current uses, but it really doesn't return
// the "first" cell. (See comment below)
// If we don't return the spanned cell as "first", GetNextCellInRow would have
// to be much more complicated, as it would have to scan rows above to
// detect cells spanning the current row
CEditTableCellElement* CEditTableElement::GetFirstCellInRow(int32 Y, XP_Bool bSpan)
{
CEditTableCellElement *pCell = GetFirstCell();
m_iGetRow = 0;
m_iRowY = Y;
while( pCell )
{
int32 iCellY = pCell->GetY();
// Note that a cell can really be FIRST in a spanned row only if it is
// really the first cell in logical row (check for previous sibling)
// but if we do that, we won't hit the cell at all later.
if( (bSpan && Y >= iCellY && Y <= (iCellY + pCell->GetHeight()) /*&&
pCell->GetPreviousSibling() == NULL*/ ) ||
(!bSpan && ( Y == iCellY)) )
{
m_pFirstCellInColumnOrRow = m_pNextCellInColumnOrRow = pCell;
return pCell;
}
pCell = pCell->GetNextCellInTable(&m_iGetRow);
}
return NULL;
}
// Get next cell at or spaning the same geometric row as found by GetFirstCellInRow()
// or use Y from supplied cell
CEditTableCellElement* CEditTableElement::GetNextCellInRow(CEditTableCellElement *pCell)
{
if( pCell )
{
// Initialize using given cell,
// so we don't always have to call GetFirst...
m_pNextCellInColumnOrRow = pCell;
m_iRowY = pCell->GetY();
m_bSpan = FALSE;
}
pCell = m_pNextCellInColumnOrRow->GetNextCellInTable(&m_iGetRow);
while( pCell )
{
int32 iCellY = pCell->GetY();
if( (m_bSpan && (m_iRowY >= iCellY) && (m_iRowY <= (iCellY + pCell->GetHeight()))) ||
(!m_bSpan && ( m_iRowY == iCellY)) )
{
m_pNextCellInColumnOrRow = pCell;
return pCell;
}
pCell = pCell->GetNextCellInTable(&m_iGetRow);
}
return NULL;
}
CEditTableCellElement* CEditTableElement::GetLastCellInRow(CEditTableCellElement *pCell)
{
if( pCell )
{
// Move until next cell doesn't exist
CEditTableCellElement *pNextCell;
while( pCell && (pNextCell = GetNextCellInRow(pCell)) != NULL )
{
pCell = pNextCell;
}
}
return pCell;
}
CEditTableCellElement* CEditTableElement::GetPreviousCellInRow(CEditTableCellElement *pCell)
{
if( pCell )
{
// Start with the first cell..
CEditTableCellElement *pFirstCell = GetFirstCellInRow(pCell->GetY());
// We are the first cell - no previous exitst
if( pFirstCell == pCell )
return NULL;
// Move until we find cell before us
CEditTableCellElement *pPrevCell = pFirstCell;
CEditTableCellElement *pNextCell;
while( pPrevCell && (pNextCell = GetNextCellInRow(pPrevCell)) != pCell )
{
pPrevCell = pNextCell;
}
return pPrevCell;
}
return NULL;
}
CEditTableCellElement* CEditTableElement::GetFirstCellAtColumnIndex(intn iIndex)
{
if( iIndex >= 0 && iIndex < m_iColumns )
return m_pColumnLayoutData[iIndex].pEdCell;
return NULL;
}
CEditTableCellElement* CEditTableElement::GetFirstCellAtRowIndex(intn iIndex)
{
if( iIndex >= 0 && iIndex < m_iRows )
return m_pRowLayoutData[iIndex].pEdCell;
return NULL;
}
// Get the defining left (for columns) and top (for rows) value from index
int32 CEditTableElement::GetColumnX(intn iIndex)
{
if( iIndex < m_iColumns )
return m_pColumnLayoutData[iIndex].X;
return 0;
}
int32 CEditTableElement::GetRowY(intn iIndex)
{
if( iIndex < m_iRows )
return m_pRowLayoutData[iIndex].Y;
return 0;
}
// Get grid coordinates of a cell
intn CEditTableElement::GetColumnIndex(int32 X)
{
for( intn i=0; i < m_iColumns; i++ )
{
if( m_pColumnLayoutData[i].X == X )
return i;
}
return -1;
}
intn CEditTableElement::GetRowIndex(int32 Y)
{
for( intn i=0; i < m_iRows; i++ )
{
if( m_pRowLayoutData[i].Y == Y )
return i;
}
return -1;
}
CEditTableCellElement* CEditTableElement::GetFirstCellInColumn(CEditTableCellElement *pCell, XP_Bool bSpan)
{
return GetFirstCellInColumn(pCell->GetX(), bSpan);
}
// Get first cell of a "real" (geometric) row, based on location
// If bSpan is TRUE, this will also get a cell that spans
// given X, even if left edge of cell < X
CEditTableCellElement* CEditTableElement::GetFirstCellInColumn(int32 X, XP_Bool bSpan)
{
CEditTableCellElement *pCell = GetFirstCell();
m_iGetRow = 0;
m_iColX = X;
m_bSpan = bSpan;
while( pCell )
{
int32 iCellX = pCell->GetX();
// Note: Using GetWidth() is OK (and more efficient) here since all that matters is
// the cell's right edge spans (is > than) left-edge X value
if( (!bSpan && X == iCellX) ||
( bSpan && X >= iCellX && X <= (iCellX + pCell->GetWidth()) ) )
{
m_pFirstCellInColumnOrRow = m_pNextCellInColumnOrRow = pCell;
return pCell;
}
pCell = pCell->GetNextCellInTable(&m_iGetRow);
}
return NULL;
}
// Get next cell at or spaning the same geometric row as found by GetFirstCellInColumn()
// or use X from supplied cell
CEditTableCellElement* CEditTableElement::GetNextCellInColumn(CEditTableCellElement *pCell)
{
if( pCell )
{
// Initialize using given cell,
// so we don't always have to call GetFirst...
m_pNextCellInColumnOrRow = pCell;
m_iColX = pCell->GetX();
m_bSpan = FALSE;
}
pCell = m_pNextCellInColumnOrRow->GetNextCellInTable(&m_iGetRow);
while( pCell )
{
int32 iCellX = pCell->GetX();
if( (!m_bSpan && m_iColX == iCellX) || // Must have exact match
( m_bSpan && m_iColX >= iCellX && m_iColX <= (iCellX + pCell->GetWidth()) ) ) //GetWidth is OK here
{
m_pNextCellInColumnOrRow = pCell;
return pCell;
}
pCell = pCell->GetNextCellInTable(&m_iGetRow);
}
return NULL;
}
CEditTableCellElement* CEditTableElement::GetLastCellInColumn(CEditTableCellElement *pCell)
{
if( pCell )
{
// Move until next cell doesn't exist
CEditTableCellElement *pNextCell;
while( pCell && (pNextCell = GetNextCellInColumn(pCell)) != NULL )
{
pCell = pNextCell;
}
}
return pCell;
}
CEditTableCellElement* CEditTableElement::GetPreviousCellInColumn(CEditTableCellElement *pCell)
{
if( pCell )
{
// Start with the first cell..
CEditTableCellElement *pFirstCell = GetFirstCellInColumn(pCell->GetX());
// We are the first cell - no previous exitst
if( pFirstCell == pCell )
return NULL;
// Move until we find cell before us
CEditTableCellElement *pPrevCell = pFirstCell;
CEditTableCellElement *pNextCell;
while( pPrevCell && (pNextCell = GetNextCellInColumn(pPrevCell)) != pCell )
{
pPrevCell = pNextCell;
}
return pPrevCell;
}
return NULL;
}
CEditTableCellElement* CEditTableElement::GetFirstCellInNextColumn(int32 iCurrentColumnX)
{
intn i;
// Scan data to find current cell's column in our layout data
for( i = 0; i < m_iColumns; i++ )
{
if( iCurrentColumnX == m_pColumnLayoutData[i].X )
break;
}
if( i+1 >= m_iColumns )
return NULL; // No cell is after the current column
return m_pColumnLayoutData[i+1].pEdCell;
}
CEditTableCellElement* CEditTableElement::GetFirstCellInNextRow(int32 iCurrentRowY)
{
intn i;
// Scan data to find current cell's row in our layout data
for( i = 0; i < m_iRows; i++ )
{
if( iCurrentRowY == m_pRowLayoutData[i].Y )
break;
}
if( i+1 >= m_iRows )
return NULL; // No cell is after the current row
return m_pRowLayoutData[i+1].pEdCell;
}
// Figure out how many columns are included between given X values
intn CEditTableElement::GetColumnsSpanned(int32 iStartX, int32 iEndX)
{
if( iStartX == iEndX )
return 0;
intn iColumns = 0;
for( intn i = 0; i < m_iColumns; i++ )
{
int32 iColX = m_pColumnLayoutData[i].X;
if( iStartX <= iColX && iEndX > iColX )
iColumns++;
}
return iColumns;
}
// Test if any cell in the first row has COLSPAN > 1
XP_Bool CEditTableElement::FirstRowHasColSpan()
{
CEditTableCellElement* pCell = GetFirstCell();
while( pCell )
{
if( pCell->GetColSpan() > 1 )
return TRUE;
pCell = GetNextCellInRow();
}
return FALSE;
}
// Currently (4/24/98) not called
// This should be done at least the before the first time a table is layed out
// when a file is loaded. It fixes problems that cause major headaches with
// rowspan and columnspan
// TODO: Should we also pad rows to insure that table is rectangular? (no ragged right edge)
void CEditTableElement::FixupColumnsAndRows()
{
CEditTableCellElement *pFirstCell = GetFirstCell();
if( !pFirstCell )
return;
TXP_GrowableArray_int32 X_Array;
TXP_GrowableArray_int32 Y_Array;
CEditTableCellElement *pCell = pFirstCell;
while( pCell )
{
int32 iCellX = pCell->GetX();
int32 iCellY = pCell->GetY();
XP_Bool bFoundX = FALSE;
// See if cell's X was already found
intn iSize = X_Array.Size();
for( intn i=0; i < iSize; i++ )
{
if( iCellX == X_Array[i] )
{
bFoundX = TRUE;
break;
}
}
if( !bFoundX )
X_Array.Add(iCellX);
pCell = GetNextCellInTable();
}
m_iColumns = X_Array.Size();
intn iColumns = CountColumns();
intn iRows = CountRows();
intn i, iMinSpan, iDecrease;
// We will find the maximum number of columns in all rows
m_iColumns = 0;
for ( i = 0; i < iColumns; i++ )
{
CEditTableCellElement *pFirstCellInCol = m_pColumnLayoutData[i].pEdCell;
pCell = pFirstCellInCol;
iMinSpan = 2;
// Scan column to check for minimum COLSPAN
while( pCell )
{
if( pCell->GetColSpan() < iMinSpan )
iMinSpan = pCell->GetColSpan();
// Any cell with value of 1 means column is OK
if( iMinSpan == 1 )
break;
pCell = GetNextCellInColumn(pCell);
}
if( iMinSpan > 1 )
{
// We have a bad column
// Go back through to fixup COLSPAN values
pCell = pFirstCellInCol;
iDecrease = iMinSpan - 1;
while( pCell )
{
pCell->DecreaseColSpan(iDecrease);
pCell = GetNextCellInColumn(pCell);
}
}
intn iCellsInRow = m_pColumnLayoutData[i].iCellsInRow;
CEditTableRowElement *pRow = (CEditTableRowElement*)pCell->GetParent();
if( pRow )
pRow->SetColumns(iCellsInRow);
if( m_iColumns > iCellsInRow)
m_iColumns = iCellsInRow;
}
// Do the same for ROWSPAN
for ( i = 0; i < iRows; i++ )
{
CEditTableCellElement *pFirstCellInRow = m_pRowLayoutData[i].pEdCell;
pCell = pFirstCellInRow;
iMinSpan = 2;
// Scan Row to check for minimum ROWSPAN
while( pCell )
{
if( pCell->GetRowSpan() < iMinSpan )
iMinSpan = pCell->GetRowSpan();
if( iMinSpan == 1 ) // Row is OK
break;
pCell = GetNextCellInRow(pCell);
}
if( iMinSpan > 1 )
{
// We have a bad row
// Go back through to fixup ROWSPAN values
pCell = pFirstCellInRow;
iDecrease = iMinSpan - 1;
while( pCell )
{
pCell->DecreaseRowSpan(iDecrease);
pCell = GetNextCellInRow(pCell);
}
}
}
}
void CEditTableElement::NormalizeCellsPerRow()
{
CEditTableCellElement *pFirstCell = GetFirstCell();
CEditBuffer *pBuffer = GetEditBuffer();
if( !pFirstCell || !pBuffer )
return;
int32 iRows = CountRows();
int32 iArraySize = iRows * sizeof(int32);
int32 *pCellsPerRow = (int32*)XP_ALLOC(iArraySize);
if( !pCellsPerRow )
return;
XP_MEMSET( pCellsPerRow, 0, iArraySize );
CEditTableCellElement *pCell = pFirstCell;
intn iRow = 0;
intn iPrevRow = 0;
int32 iCellsInRow = 0;
while( pCell )
{
intn iColSpan = pCell->GetColSpan();
intn iRowSpan = pCell->GetRowSpan();
pCellsPerRow[iRow] += iColSpan;
// Fixup subsequent rows because of rowspan
if( iRowSpan > 1 )
{
for( intn j = 1; j < iRowSpan; j++ )
{
// We may overrun our array if table is "bad"
// because of a ROWSPAN value that exceeds actual
// number of rows. Just skip attempts to access a value too high
// since there is no row to use the "ExtraColumns" anyway.
if( iRow+j < iRows )
pCellsPerRow[iRow+j] += iColSpan;
else
// Fixup bad cell????
;//pCell->SetRowSpan(iRows-1);
}
}
pCell = pCell->GetNextCellInTable(&iRow);
}
XP_ASSERT((iRow+1) == iRows); // Safety check
// Find the maximum cells per row
intn iTotalRows = pCellsPerRow[0];
intn i;
for( i = 1; i < iRows; i++ )
{
if( pCellsPerRow[i] > iTotalRows )
iTotalRows = pCellsPerRow[i];
}
pBuffer->SetFillNewCellWithSpace();
CEditTableRowElement *pRow = GetFirstRow();
// Now go through rows and add cells as needed
for( i = 0; i < iRows; i++ )
{
XP_ASSERT(pRow);
if( !pRow )
break;
intn iExtraCells = iTotalRows - pCellsPerRow[i];
for( intn j = 0; j < iExtraCells; j++ )
{
CEditTableCellElement *pNewCell = new CEditTableCellElement();
if( pNewCell )
{
// What could we set this to to make CountColumns() work?
//pNewCell->SetX(????);
pNewCell->InsertAsLastChild(pRow);
pNewCell->FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
}
}
pRow = pRow->GetNextRow();
}
pBuffer->ClearFillNewCellWithSpace();
}
void CEditTableElement::InsertRows(int32 Y, int32 iNewY, intn number,
CEditTableElement* pSourceTable, intn iStartColumn,
CEditTableCellElement **ppCellForInsertPoint)
{
if ( number == 0 )
{
return; /* A waste of time, but legal. */
}
if ( number < 0 || Y < 0 )
{
/* Illegal. */
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
return;
}
CEditTableRowElement* pCurrentRow = GetRow(Y);
if ( ! pCurrentRow ) {
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
return;
}
// We must examine cells with same geometric row,
// but in different logical rows
// So scan all cells near given Y and increase ROWSPAN
// where needed and count actual number of cells
// to be inserted in new row(s)
intn iColumns = 0;
CEditBuffer *pBuffer = GetEditBuffer();
XP_ASSERT(pBuffer);
CEditTableCellElement *pCellForInsertPoint = NULL;
if( pSourceTable )
{
CEditTableRowElement *pSourceRow;
if( iStartColumn > 0 )
{
// Set flag to autoinsert space into
// the blank new cells we will insert here
pBuffer->SetFillNewCellWithSpace();
//Simplest way to handle offset insert column
// is to add blank cells to the source data
pSourceRow = pSourceTable->GetFirstRow();
while(pSourceRow)
{
for( intn i = 0; i < iStartColumn; i++ )
{
CEditTableCellElement *pNewCell = new CEditTableCellElement();
if( pNewCell )
{
// Fake the X value so CountColumns will work
pNewCell->SetX(iStartColumn - i);
pNewCell->InsertAsFirstChild(pSourceRow);
pNewCell->FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
}
}
pSourceRow = pSourceRow->GetNextRow();
}
// Clear this so we don't touch empty cells
// from the paste source
pBuffer->ClearFillNewCellWithSpace();
}
}
CEditTableCellElement *pCell = GetFirstCellInRow(Y, TRUE );
while( pCell )
{
int32 iCellY = pCell->GetY();
int32 iColSpan = pCell->GetColSpan();
int32 iRowSpan = pCell->GetRowSpan();
if( Y == iNewY )
{
// Inserting above
if( iCellY == Y )
{
// We will be inserting cells above this one
iColumns += iColSpan;
} else {
// Cell is actually in row above,
// so just increase its rowspan
pCell->IncreaseRowSpan(number);
}
} else {
// Inserting below current row
if( iNewY == (iCellY + pCell->GetHeight()) )
{
// Bottom of this cell is where we want to insert
iColumns += iColSpan;
} else {
// Cell spans the new insert Y, so just expand some more
pCell->IncreaseRowSpan(number);
}
}
pCell = GetNextCellInRow();
}
// Now insert the new rows (including iColumns new cells in each)
for ( intn row = 0; row < number; row++ )
{
CEditTableRowElement* pNewRow;
if ( pSourceTable )
{
pNewRow = pSourceTable->GetFirstRow();
pNewRow->Unlink();
}
else
{
pNewRow = new CEditTableRowElement(iColumns);
if( !pNewRow )
break;
}
// Set insert point to first cell in inserted rows
if( !pCellForInsertPoint )
pCellForInsertPoint = pNewRow->GetFirstCell();
if( Y == iNewY )
pNewRow->InsertBefore(pCurrentRow);
else
{
pNewRow->InsertAfter(pCurrentRow);
pCurrentRow = pNewRow;
}
pNewRow->FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
}
// Pad the inserted rows or the table with extra cells
// to keep rectangular geometry
NormalizeCellsPerRow();
if( ppCellForInsertPoint && *ppCellForInsertPoint == NULL )
*ppCellForInsertPoint = pCellForInsertPoint;
}
// Now returns cell where we should move the insert point
void CEditTableElement::InsertColumns(int32 X, int32 iNewX, intn number,
CEditTableElement* pSourceTable, intn iStartRow,
CEditTableCellElement **ppCellForInsertPoint)
{
if ( number == 0 )
{
return; /* A waste of time, but legal. */
}
if ( number < 0 || X < 0 )
{
/* Illegal. */
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
return;
}
CEditBuffer *pBuffer = GetEditBuffer();
XP_ASSERT(pBuffer);
CEditTableCellElement *pCellForInsertPoint = NULL;
if( pSourceTable )
pCellForInsertPoint = pSourceTable->GetFirstCell();
// Insert starts below top of table - pad source with blank
// rows
if( pSourceTable && iStartRow > 0 )
{
XP_ASSERT(pSourceTable->IsTable());
// Set flag to autoinsert space into new cells according to pref
pBuffer->SetFillNewCellWithSpace();
for( intn i = 0; i < iStartRow; i++ )
{
// Creating a row with "number" of cells
CEditTableRowElement* pRow = new CEditTableRowElement(number);
if( pRow )
{
pRow->InsertAsFirstChild(pSourceTable);
// Insert default space if pref is set
pRow->FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
}
}
pBuffer->ClearFillNewCellWithSpace();
}
CEditTableRowElement* pRow = GetFirstRow();
CEditTableRowElement* pLastRow = pRow;
CEditTableRowElement* pSourceRow = NULL;
while( pRow )
{
if( pSourceTable )
pSourceRow = pSourceTable->GetFirstRow();
pRow->InsertCells(X, iNewX, number, pSourceRow, &pCellForInsertPoint);
if( pSourceRow )
delete pSourceRow;
pRow = pRow->GetNextRow();
if( pRow )
pLastRow = pRow;
}
if( pSourceTable )
{
if( !pLastRow ) // Not Likely!
goto INSERT_COLUMNS_END;
// Do we have any more rows to paste?
pSourceRow = pSourceTable->GetFirstRow();
if( pSourceRow )
{
// The number of columns we will have to insert if we
// need to add rows at bottom of table
// so overflow from inserted columns line up
intn iColumnsBefore = GetColumnsSpanned(GetColumnX(0), iNewX);
while(pSourceRow)
{
CEditTableRowElement *pNextRow;
if( iColumnsBefore )
{
// We need cells before the insert column,
// so make a new row with blank cells
pNextRow = new CEditTableRowElement(iColumnsBefore);
if( pNextRow )
{
pNextRow->InsertAfter(pLastRow);
// Append the source cells to the the new row
pNextRow->AppendRow(pSourceRow);
}
} else {
// No extra columns needed,
// just append source row
pSourceRow->Unlink();
pSourceRow->InsertAfter(pLastRow);
pNextRow = pSourceRow;
}
XP_ASSERT(pNextRow);
if( pNextRow )
{
// Fill in rest of row with empty cells
// DOESN'T WORK WITH ROW NOT ALREADY LAYED OUT
//pNextRow->PadRowWithEmptyCells(iTotalColumns);
// Be sure any empty cells have required empty text elements
pNextRow->FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
}
pLastRow = pNextRow;
pSourceRow = pSourceTable->GetFirstRow();
}
}
}
NormalizeCellsPerRow();
INSERT_COLUMNS_END:
if( ppCellForInsertPoint && *ppCellForInsertPoint == NULL )
*ppCellForInsertPoint = pCellForInsertPoint;
}
XP_Bool CEditTableElement::ReplaceSpecialCells(CEditTableElement *pSourceTable, XP_Bool bIgnoreSourceLayout,
CEditTableCellElement **ppCellForInsertPoint )
{
CEditTableCellElement *pCellForInsertPoint = NULL;
CEditTableCellElement *pReplaceCell;
CEditTableCellElement *pSourceCell;
CEditTableCellElement *pNextReplaceCell;
CEditTableCellElement *pNextSourceCell;
intn iReplaceRow = 0;
intn iPrevReplaceRow = 0;
intn iSourceRow = 0;
intn iPrevSourceRow = 0;
EDT_TableCellData *pReplaceData;
EDT_TableCellData *pSourceData;
XP_Bool bAllSourceCellsPasted = TRUE;
if( !pSourceTable )
goto REPLACE_DONE;
pReplaceCell = GetFirstCell();
if( pReplaceCell )
{
// Skip to a special-selected cell
while( pReplaceCell && !pReplaceCell->IsSpecialSelected() )
pReplaceCell = pReplaceCell->GetNextCellInTable(&iReplaceRow);
}
pSourceCell = pSourceTable->GetFirstCell();
if( !pReplaceCell || !pSourceCell )
goto REPLACE_DONE;
iPrevReplaceRow = iReplaceRow;
do {
pReplaceData = pReplaceCell->GetData();
// Very, very unlikely to fail
if( !pReplaceData )
goto REPLACE_DONE;
// Note that we must get the csid of the current table
// because source cell is not part of doc yet
pSourceData = pSourceCell->GetData(GetWinCSID());
if( !pSourceData )
{
EDT_FreeTableCellData(pReplaceData);
goto REPLACE_DONE;
}
if( iReplaceRow != iPrevReplaceRow )
{
// We are on the next row to be replaced
iPrevReplaceRow = iReplaceRow;
// If cell layout of source and destination matches,
// we should get to the next source row at the same time,
// (which means iSourceRow should be 1 > than iPrevSourceRow)
// if iSourceRow wasn't increased, there's still source cells on the previous row
if( iSourceRow == iPrevSourceRow )
{
XP_TRACE(("CEditTableElement::ReplaceSpecialCells: More Source cells are left to paste."));
// We may flow cells into source, ignoring the source geometry
if( !bIgnoreSourceLayout )
{
// Skip over cells to get to the next source row
bAllSourceCellsPasted = FALSE;
while( pSourceCell && iSourceRow == iPrevSourceRow )
pSourceCell = pSourceCell->GetNextCellInTable(&iSourceRow);
if( !pSourceCell )
goto REPLACE_DONE;
}
iPrevSourceRow = iSourceRow;
}
}
else if( iSourceRow != iPrevSourceRow )
{
// We ran out of source cells on the desired row,
// but we still have cells to replace
XP_TRACE(("CEditTableElement::ReplaceSpecialCells: Not enough SOURCE cells to paste in this row."));
if( !bIgnoreSourceLayout )
{
// Skip to the next replace row (skip replacing rest on this row)
while( pReplaceCell && iReplaceRow == iPrevReplaceRow )
{
// Delete contents in the extra replace cells
if( pReplaceCell->IsSpecialSelected() )
pReplaceCell->DeleteContents();
pReplaceCell = pReplaceCell->GetNextCellInTable(&iReplaceRow);
}
// Skip to the next special selected cell
while( pReplaceCell && !pReplaceCell->IsSpecialSelected() )
pReplaceCell = pReplaceCell->GetNextCellInTable(&iReplaceRow);
if( !pReplaceCell )
break;
// We are now at the right place in the next replace row
iPrevReplaceRow = iReplaceRow;
}
}
// Be sure to do this here (not in above block)
// since we don't ever go there if cell layout
// of source and destination matches
iPrevSourceRow = iSourceRow;
// Must get these now before we move cells around
pNextSourceCell = pSourceCell->GetNextCellInTable(&iSourceRow);
pNextReplaceCell = pReplaceCell->GetNextCellInTable(&iReplaceRow);
// Skip to a special-selected cell
while( pNextReplaceCell && !pNextReplaceCell->IsSpecialSelected() )
pNextReplaceCell = pNextReplaceCell->GetNextCellInTable(&iReplaceRow);
// Move source cell to just after cell to be replaced
pSourceCell->Unlink();
pSourceCell->InsertAfter(pReplaceCell);
// then delete the replace cell
delete pReplaceCell;
// Use size data from the cell we replaced
// to minimize table layout distortion
// (pReplaceData is the "source" data)
pReplaceData->mask = CF_WIDTH | CF_HEIGHT | CF_COLSPAN | CF_ROWSPAN;
edt_CopyTableCellData(pSourceData, pReplaceData);
pSourceCell->SetData(pSourceData);
EDT_FreeTableCellData(pSourceData);
EDT_FreeTableCellData(pReplaceData);
// We will place caret in the first cell replaced
if( !pCellForInsertPoint )
pCellForInsertPoint = pSourceCell;
pReplaceCell = pNextReplaceCell;
pSourceCell = pNextSourceCell;
}
while( pReplaceCell && pSourceCell );
// Delete contents in the remaining replace cells
while( pReplaceCell )
{
if( pReplaceCell->IsSpecialSelected() )
pReplaceCell->DeleteContents();
pReplaceCell = pReplaceCell->GetNextCellInTable(&iReplaceRow);
}
// Check if we still have cells in last source row,
if( bAllSourceCellsPasted && pSourceCell )
bAllSourceCellsPasted = FALSE;
REPLACE_DONE:
if( ppCellForInsertPoint && *ppCellForInsertPoint == NULL )
*ppCellForInsertPoint = pCellForInsertPoint;
// Note: Caller deletes what remains of the source table
GetEditBuffer()->ClearSpecialCellSelection();
return bAllSourceCellsPasted;
}
// Code moved from CDeleteTableCommand::CDeleteTableCommand,
// Note: This version breaks the older, now unused Undo system
void CEditTableElement::Delete(XP_Bool bMoveInsertPoint)
{
CEditBuffer *pBuffer = GetEditBuffer();
if( !pBuffer )
return;
CEditElement* pRefreshStart = GetFirstMostChild()->PreviousLeaf();
CEditInsertPoint replacePoint(GetLastMostChild()->NextLeaf(), 0);
// Move only if requested to
// (This is used when pasting a table,
// which inserts and moves insert point BEFORE deleting table)
if( bMoveInsertPoint )
pBuffer->SetInsertPoint(replacePoint);
// Be sure to unselect the table if it is selected
// else Relayout blows up
if( pBuffer->GetSelectedTable() == this )
pBuffer->SelectTable(FALSE);
Unlink();
// Left over from older Undo system
//m_replacePoint = pBuffer()->EphemeralToPersistent(replacePoint);
pBuffer->Relayout(pRefreshStart, 0, replacePoint.m_pElement);
// Delete ourselves
delete this;
}
// Note: no saving to pUndoContainer any more
void CEditTableElement::DeleteRows(int32 Y, intn number,
CEditTableCellElement **ppCellForInsertPoint)
{
if ( number == 0 ) {
return; /* A waste of time, but legal. */
}
if ( number < 0 || Y < 0 ){
/* Illegal. */
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
return;
}
intn iRowIndex = GetRowIndex(Y);
// Abort if invalid Y value
if( iRowIndex == -1 )
return;
CEditTableCellElement *pCellForInsertPoint = NULL;
// Restrict number of rows we can delete
intn iLastIndex = min(iRowIndex + number - 1, m_iRows-1);
CEditTableRowElement *pRowAbove = NULL;
CEditTableRowElement *pRowBelow = NULL;
if( iRowIndex > 0 )
pRowAbove = GetRow(GetRowY(iRowIndex-1));
for( ; iRowIndex <= iLastIndex; iRowIndex++ )
{
Y = GetRowY(iRowIndex);
CEditTableRowElement *pRow = GetRow(Y);
// Get first cell starting at or spanning the Y value (TRUE)
CEditTableCellElement *pCell = GetFirstCellInRow(Y, TRUE);
while( pCell )
{
// Get next cell before we delete the one we're at
CEditTableCellElement *pNextCell = GetNextCellInRow();
if( Y == pCell->GetY() )
{
// Cell is in same row as delete row
// Unselect if selected and delete the cell
if( pCell->IsSelected() )
GetEditBuffer()->SelectCell(FALSE, NULL, pCell);
delete pCell;
// Note: We don't worry about deleting cells with rowspan > 1
// even though that might upset the column layout for cells
// below the deleted rows.
// We might want to revisit this later -- we would have to
// insert blank cells into rows below when rowspan > number
// of rows we are deleting
}
else if( pCell->GetRowSpan() > 1 )
{
// Cell spans the delete row
// (its actually in a row above the delete row)
// Reduce its rowspan instead of deleting
pCell->DecreaseRowSpan(1);
}
#ifdef DEBUG
else
XP_TRACE(("CEditTableElement::DeleteRows: Rowspan doesnt agree with rowlayout"));
#endif
pCell = pNextCell;
}
// Delete the row if all cells were deleted (should always be true?)
// VERY IMPORTANT. Never call anything to cause
// relayout else our m_pRowLayoutData and entire coordinate
// system will be altered
if( pRow && pRow->GetChild() == NULL )
{
// Get the next row if available before deleting this one
pRowBelow = pRow->GetNextRow();
#ifdef DEBUG
if( pRowBelow )
XP_ASSERT(pRowBelow->IsTableRow());
#endif
delete pRow;
}
}
// Get first cell in the next row after deleted rows,
// or row before if we deleted to the end of the table
if( pRowBelow )
pCellForInsertPoint = pRowBelow->GetFirstCell();
else if( pRowAbove )
pCellForInsertPoint = pRowAbove->GetFirstCell();
if( ppCellForInsertPoint && *ppCellForInsertPoint == NULL )
*ppCellForInsertPoint = pCellForInsertPoint;
}
void CEditTableElement::DeleteColumns(int32 X, intn number, CEditTableCellElement **ppCellForInsertPoint)
{
if ( number == 0 )
{
return; /* A waste of time, but legal. */
}
if ( number < 0 || X < 0 )
{
/* Illegal. */
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
return;
}
CEditTableCellElement *pCellForInsertPoint = NULL;
CEditTableRowElement* pRow = GetFirstRow();
while( pRow )
{
// Delete cells from the row and save the first cell found for an insert point
pRow->DeleteCells(X, number, &pCellForInsertPoint);
CEditTableRowElement *pNextRow = pRow->GetNextRow();
// Check if ALL cells were deleted - delete row if all were
if( !pRow->GetChild() )
delete pRow;
pRow = pNextRow;
}
if( ppCellForInsertPoint && *ppCellForInsertPoint == NULL )
*ppCellForInsertPoint = pCellForInsertPoint;
}
// Returns TRUE if any row was deleted
// Return the last cell in row above the first deleted row
// if first row wasn't deleted
XP_Bool CEditTableElement::DeleteEmptyRows(CEditLeafElement **ppPreviousLeaf)
{
int32 iRowsInTable = m_iRows;
CEditTableRowElement *pRow = GetFirstRow();
CEditTableRowElement *pPrevRow = 0;
int32 iCount = 0;
int32 iIndex = 0;
int32 iFirstEmptyRowY = -1;
CEditTableCellElement *pCellForInsertPoint = NULL;
// Clear this now in case we don't find a valid leaf to use
if( ppPreviousLeaf )
*ppPreviousLeaf = 0;
// Count number of completely empty rows
while( pRow )
{
if( pRow->AllCellsInRowAreEmpty() )
{
if( iFirstEmptyRowY == -1 )
iFirstEmptyRowY = GetRowY(iIndex);
iCount++;
if( iCount == 1 && pPrevRow && ppPreviousLeaf )
{
// We are in the first row we will delete and it isn't the first row of table
// Get the last cell in the previous row
CEditTableCellElement *pCell = pPrevRow->GetFirstCell();
CEditTableCellElement *pNextCell;
while( pCell && (pNextCell = GetNextCellInRow(pCell)) != 0 )
pCell = pNextCell;
// Return last leaf in that cell
if( pCell )
{
CEditElement *pLast = pCell->GetLastMostChild();
while( pLast && (!pLast->IsLeaf() || pLast->Leaf()->GetLen() == 0) )
pLast = pLast->GetPreviousSibling();
if( pLast && pLast->IsLeaf() )
*ppPreviousLeaf = pLast->Leaf();
}
}
}
else
{
pPrevRow = pRow;
}
iIndex++;
pRow = pRow->GetNextRow();
}
if( iCount > 0 )
{
DeleteRows(iFirstEmptyRowY, iCount);
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
// This is the old version - just finds row based on counting,
// no ROWSPAN effect needed
CEditTableRowElement* CEditTableElement::FindRow(intn number)
{
intn count = 0;
if ( number < 0 )
{
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
return NULL;
}
for ( CEditElement* pChild = GetChild();
pChild;
pChild = pChild->GetNextSibling())
{
if ( pChild->IsTableRow() )
{
if ( count++ == number )
{
return (CEditTableRowElement*) pChild;
}
}
}
return NULL;
}
CEditCaptionElement* CEditTableElement::GetCaption(){
// Normally first or last, but we check everybody to be robust.
for ( CEditElement* pChild = GetChild();
pChild;
pChild = pChild->GetNextSibling()) {
if ( pChild->IsCaption() ) {
return (CEditCaptionElement*) pChild;
}
}
return NULL;
}
void CEditTableElement::SetCaption(CEditCaptionElement* pCaption){
DeleteCaption();
if ( pCaption ){
EDT_TableCaptionData* pData = pCaption->GetData(GetWinCSID());
XP_Bool bAddAtTop = ! ( pData->align == ED_ALIGN_BOTTOM || pData->align == ED_ALIGN_ABSBOTTOM);
CEditCaptionElement::FreeData(pData);
if ( bAddAtTop ){
pCaption->InsertAsFirstChild(this);
}
else {
pCaption->InsertAsLastChild(this);
}
}
}
void CEditTableElement::DeleteCaption(){
CEditCaptionElement* pOldCaption = GetCaption();
delete pOldCaption;
}
void CEditTableElement::DeleteCaptionAbove()
{
CEditCaptionElement* pCaption = GetCaption();
// A caption "above" the table is always the first
// child of the table
if( pCaption && pCaption == GetChild() )
delete pCaption;
}
void CEditTableElement::DeleteCaptionBelow()
{
CEditCaptionElement* pCaption = GetCaption();
// A caption "below" the table is always the
// last of the table. Its simpler to just check
// if its not the first child
if( pCaption && pCaption != GetChild() )
delete pCaption;
}
void CEditTableElement::FinishedLoad( CEditBuffer* pBuffer ){
// From experimentation, we know that the 2.0 navigator dumps
// tags that aren't in td, tr, or caption cells into the doc
// before the table.
//
// That's a little too radical for me. So what I do is
// wrap tds in trs, put anything else
// into a caption
CEditCaptionElement* pCaption = NULL;
CEditTableRowElement* pRow = NULL;
CEditElement* pNext = 0;
// TODO: MAKE THIS WORK BEFORE LAYOUT HAPPENS (no m_pColumnLayoutData yet)
//FixupColumnsAndRows();
// For efficiency, count rows only
// if we haven't layed out table
if( m_iRows <= 0 )
m_iRows = CountRows();
if ( m_iRows <= 0 ) {
// Force a row
CEditTableRowElement* pTempRow = new CEditTableRowElement();
pTempRow->InsertAsFirstChild(this);
}
CEditElement* pChild;
for ( pChild = GetChild();
pChild;
pChild = pNext) {
pNext = pChild->GetNextSibling(); // We might unlink pChild
if ( ! IsAcceptableChild(*pChild) ){
if ( pChild->IsTableCell() ){
if ( ! pRow ){
pRow = new CEditTableRowElement();
pRow->InsertAfter(pChild);
}
pChild->Unlink();
pChild->InsertAsLastChild(pRow);
if ( pCaption ){
pCaption->FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
pCaption = NULL;
}
}
else {
// Put random children into a caption
if ( ! pCaption ){
pCaption = new CEditCaptionElement();
pCaption->InsertAfter(pChild);
}
pChild->Unlink();
pChild->InsertAsLastChild(pCaption);
if ( pRow ){
pRow->FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
pRow = NULL;
}
}
}
else {
if ( pRow ){
pRow->FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
pRow = NULL;
}
if ( pCaption ){
pCaption->FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
pCaption = NULL;
}
}
pChild->FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
}
if ( pRow ){
pRow->FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
pRow = NULL;
}
if ( pCaption ){
pCaption->FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
pCaption = NULL;
}
// Merge all captions together.
pCaption = NULL;
for ( pChild = GetChild();
pChild;
pChild = pNext) {
pNext = pChild->GetNextSibling(); // We might unlink pChild
if ( pChild->IsCaption() ){
if ( pCaption ) {
// This is an extra caption. Merge its contents into the other caption.
pChild->Unlink();
CEditElement* pItem;
while ( ( pItem = pChild->GetChild() ) != NULL ){
pItem->Unlink();
pItem->InsertAsLastChild(pCaption);
}
delete pChild;
}
else {
pCaption = (CEditCaptionElement*) pChild;
}
}
}
AdjustCaption();
EnsureSelectableSiblings(pBuffer);
}
XP_Bool CEditTableElement::MoveCaptionOutsideTable(XP_Bool bAfter)
{
CEditCaptionElement *pCaption = GetCaption();
XP_Bool bReturn = FALSE;
if ( pCaption )
{
CEditContainerElement *pContainer = (CEditContainerElement*)pCaption->GetChild();
// Skip over the division element used for alignment
// (Alternate method is to start at first leaf and find its container,
// but that would miss lists, so lets try to start from top down)
if( pContainer && pContainer->IsDivision() )
pContainer = (CEditContainerElement*)pContainer->GetChild();
if( !pContainer || !pContainer->IsContainer() ||
(pContainer->IsEmpty() && pContainer->GetNextSibling() == 0) )
return FALSE;
CEditElement *pLastChild = GetLastMostChild();
CEditLeafElement *pBefore = bAfter ? 0 : PreviousLeaf();
CEditLeafElement *pAfter = (bAfter && pLastChild) ? pLastChild->NextLeaf() : 0;
CEditContainerElement *pOutsideContainer;
// Save container after current so all are moved
CEditElement *pNextContainer = pContainer->GetNextSibling();
if( pBefore )
{
pOutsideContainer = pBefore->FindContainer();
if( pOutsideContainer )
{
// Move the first container found
pContainer->Unlink();
pContainer->InsertAfter(pOutsideContainer);
bReturn = TRUE;
}
}
else if( pAfter )
{
pOutsideContainer = pAfter->FindContainer();
if( pOutsideContainer )
{
pContainer->Unlink();
pContainer->InsertBefore(pOutsideContainer);
bReturn = TRUE;
}
}
if( bReturn && pNextContainer != 0 )
{
// Move any other containers following the one just moved
CEditElement *pInsertAfter = pContainer;
while( pNextContainer )
{
pContainer = (CEditContainerElement*)pNextContainer;
pNextContainer = pContainer->GetNextSibling();
pContainer->Unlink();
pContainer->InsertAfter(pInsertAfter);
pInsertAfter = pContainer;
}
}
}
return bReturn;
}
void CEditTableElement::AdjustCaption() {
CEditCaptionElement* pCaption = GetCaption();
if ( pCaption ) {
// Now move the caption to the start or the end of the table, as appropriate.
pCaption->Unlink();
SetCaption(pCaption);
}
}
void CEditTableElement::StreamOut( IStreamOut *pOut){
CEditElement::StreamOut( pOut );
pOut->WriteInt( (int32)m_align );
pOut->WriteInt( (int32)m_malign );
}
void CEditTableElement::SetData( EDT_TableData *pData ){
char *pNew = CreateTagData(pData, FALSE);
CEditElement::SetTagData( pNew );
m_align = pData->align;
m_malign = pData->malign; // Keep track of alignment seperately to avoid crashing when editing.
if ( pNew ) {
free(pNew); // XP_FREE?
}
m_iWidthPixels = pData->iWidthPixels;
m_iWidth = pData->iWidth;
m_bWidthPercent = pData->bWidthPercent;
m_iHeightPixels = pData->iHeightPixels;
m_iHeight = pData->iHeight;
m_bHeightPercent = pData->bHeightPercent;
m_iCellSpacing = pData->iCellSpacing;
m_iCellPadding = pData->iCellPadding;
if( pData->bBorderWidthDefined && pData->iBorderWidth > 0 )
m_iCellBorder = 1;
else
m_iCellBorder = 0;
m_iRows = pData->iRows;
m_iColumns = pData->iColumns;
}
char* CEditTableElement::CreateTagData(EDT_TableData *pData, XP_Bool bPrinting) {
char *pNew = 0;
m_align = pData->align;
m_malign = pData->malign;
if( bPrinting && pData->malign != ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "ALIGN=%s ", EDT_AlignString(pData->malign) );
}
// If you don't mention the border, you get a zero pixel border.
// If you just say BORDER, it's like BORDER=1
if ( pData->bBorderWidthDefined ){
if ( pData->iBorderWidth == 1 ) {
/* Neatness counts. */
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "BORDER ");
}
else {
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "BORDER=%d ", pData->iBorderWidth );
}
}
if ( pData->iCellSpacing != 1 ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "CELLSPACING=%d ", pData->iCellSpacing );
}
if ( pData->iCellPadding != 1 ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "CELLPADDING=%d ", pData->iCellPadding );
}
if ( pData->bUseCols ){
int cols = (int) GetColumns(); //Should we use CountColumns()?
if ( cols == 0 ) {
cols = (int) pData->iColumns;
}
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "COLS=%d ", cols );
}
if( pData->bWidthDefined ){
if( pData->bWidthPercent ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "WIDTH=\"%ld%%\" ",
(long)min(100,max(1,pData->iWidth)) );
}
else {
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "WIDTH=\"%ld\" ", (long)pData->iWidth );
}
}
if( pData->bHeightDefined ){
if( pData->bHeightPercent ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "HEIGHT=\"%ld%%\" ",
(long)min(100,max(1, pData->iHeight)) );
}
else {
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "HEIGHT=\"%ld\" ", (long)pData->iHeight );
}
}
if ( pData->pColorBackground ) {
SetBackgroundColor(EDT_LO_COLOR(pData->pColorBackground));
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "BGCOLOR=\"#%06lX\" ", GetBackgroundColor().GetAsLong() );
}
else {
SetBackgroundColor(ED_Color::GetUndefined());
}
if ( pData->pBackgroundImage ) {
SetBackgroundImage(pData->pBackgroundImage);
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "BACKGROUND=\"%s\" ", pData->pBackgroundImage );
}
else {
SetBackgroundImage(0);
}
if ( pData->bBackgroundNoSave) {
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "NOSAVE " );
}
if( pData->pExtra ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "%s ", pData->pExtra );
}
if( pNew ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, ">" );
}
return pNew;
}
EDT_TableData* CEditTableElement::GetData()
{
EDT_TableData *pRet;
PA_Tag* pTag = CEditElement::TagOpen(0);
pRet = ParseParams( pTag, GetWinCSID() );
// Alignment isn't kept in the tag data, because tag data is used for editing,
// and we crash if we try to edit an aligned table, because layout doesn't
// set up the data structures that we need.
pRet->align = m_align;
pRet->malign = m_malign;
// Return the widths determined by layout
pRet->iWidth = m_iWidth;
pRet->iWidthPixels = m_iWidthPixels;
pRet->iHeight = m_iHeight;
pRet->iHeightPixels = m_iHeightPixels;
pRet->iCellSpacing = m_iCellSpacing;
pRet->iCellPadding = m_iCellPadding;
pRet->iRows = m_iRows;
pRet->iColumns = m_iColumns;
PA_FreeTag( pTag );
return pRet;
}
static char *tableParams[] = {
PARAM_ALIGN,
PARAM_BORDER,
PARAM_CELLSPACE,
PARAM_CELLPAD,
PARAM_COLS,
PARAM_WIDTH,
PARAM_HEIGHT,
PARAM_BGCOLOR,
PARAM_BACKGROUND,
PARAM_NOSAVE,
0
};
EDT_TableData* CEditTableElement::ParseParams( PA_Tag *pTag, int16 csid ){
EDT_TableData *pData = NewData();
ED_Alignment malign;
malign = edt_FetchParamAlignment( pTag, ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT, FALSE, csid );
// Center not supported in 3.0
if( malign == ED_ALIGN_RIGHT || malign == ED_ALIGN_LEFT || malign == ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT ){
pData->malign = malign;
}
pData->iRows = GetRows(); // Should we use CountRows()? NO THIS IS CALLED EVERY GetData call
pData->iColumns = GetColumns(); // Should we use CountColumns()?
// If you just say BORDER, it's the same as BORDER=1
// If you say BORDER=0, it's different than not saying BORDER at all
pData->bBorderWidthDefined = edt_FetchParamBoolExist(pTag, PARAM_BORDER, csid);
pData->iBorderWidth = edt_FetchParamInt(pTag, PARAM_BORDER, 0, 1, csid);
pData->iCellSpacing = edt_FetchParamInt(pTag, PARAM_CELLSPACE, 1, csid);
pData->iCellPadding = edt_FetchParamInt(pTag, PARAM_CELLPAD, 1, csid);
{
// If we're parsing a table tag, and we've hit a cols= property, we
// need to remember the number of columns.
int columns = edt_FetchParamInt(pTag, PARAM_COLS, 0, csid);
pData->bUseCols = columns > 0;
if ( pData->bUseCols ) {
pData->iColumns = columns;
}
}
pData->bWidthDefined = edt_FetchDimension( pTag, PARAM_WIDTH,
&pData->iWidth, &pData->bWidthPercent,
100, TRUE, csid );
pData->bHeightDefined = edt_FetchDimension( pTag, PARAM_HEIGHT,
&pData->iHeight, &pData->bHeightPercent,
100, TRUE, csid );
// If width and/or height are NOT defined, use the
// "bPercent" values set by any previous SetData() calls
if( !pData->bWidthDefined )
pData->bWidthPercent = m_bWidthPercent;
if( !pData->bHeightDefined )
pData->bHeightPercent = m_bHeightPercent;
pData->pColorBackground = edt_MakeLoColor(edt_FetchParamColor( pTag, PARAM_BGCOLOR, csid ));
pData->pBackgroundImage = edt_FetchParamString( pTag, PARAM_BACKGROUND, csid );
pData->bBackgroundNoSave = edt_FetchParamBoolExist( pTag, PARAM_NOSAVE, csid );
pData->pExtra = edt_FetchParamExtras( pTag, tableParams, csid );
return pData;
}
EDT_TableData* CEditTableElement::NewData(){
EDT_TableData *pData = XP_NEW( EDT_TableData );
if( pData == 0 ){
// throw();
return pData;
}
pData->align = ED_ALIGN_LEFT;
pData->malign = ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT;
// While this helps layout, it causes lots of problems
// in layout when COLSPAN > 1 an ROWSPAN > 1
pData->bUseCols = FALSE;
pData->iRows = 1;
pData->iColumns = 1;
pData->bBorderWidthDefined = TRUE;
pData->iBorderWidth = ED_DEFAULT_TABLE_BORDER;
pData->iCellSpacing = ED_DEFAULT_CELL_SPACING;
pData->iCellPadding = ED_DEFAULT_CELL_PADDING;
pData->bWidthDefined = FALSE;
pData->bWidthPercent = FALSE; // Percent mode is a pain
pData->iWidth = 1;
pData->iWidthPixels = 1;
pData->bHeightDefined = FALSE;
pData->bHeightPercent = FALSE;
pData->iHeight = 1;
pData->iHeightPixels = 1;
pData->pColorBackground = 0;
pData->pBackgroundImage = 0;
pData->bBackgroundNoSave = FALSE;
pData->pExtra = 0;
return pData;
}
void CEditTableElement::FreeData( EDT_TableData *pData ){
if( pData->pColorBackground ) XP_FREE( pData->pColorBackground );
if( pData->pBackgroundImage ) XP_FREE( pData->pBackgroundImage );
if( pData->pExtra ) XP_FREE( pData->pExtra );
XP_FREE( pData );
}
void CEditTableElement::SetBackgroundColor( ED_Color iColor ){
m_backgroundColor = iColor;
}
ED_Color CEditTableElement::GetBackgroundColor(){
return m_backgroundColor;
}
void CEditTableElement::SetBackgroundImage( char* pImage ){
delete m_pBackgroundImage;
m_pBackgroundImage = 0;
if ( pImage ) {
m_pBackgroundImage = XP_STRDUP(pImage);
}
}
char* CEditTableElement::GetBackgroundImage(){
return m_pBackgroundImage;
}
void CEditTableElement::PrintOpen( CPrintState *pPrintState ){
pPrintState->m_iCharPos = 0;
pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "\n");
PA_Tag *pTag = InternalTagOpen(0, TRUE);
while( pTag ){
char *pData = 0;
if( pTag->data ){
PA_LOCK( pData, char*, pTag->data );
}
if( pData && *pData != '>' ) {
pPrintState->m_iCharPos += pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "<%s %s",
EDT_TagString(pTag->type), pData );
}
else {
pPrintState->m_iCharPos += pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "<%s>",
EDT_TagString(pTag->type));
}
if( pTag->data ){
PA_UNLOCK( pTag->data );
}
PA_Tag* pDelTag = pTag;
pTag = pTag->next;
PA_FreeTag(pDelTag);
}
}
void CEditTableElement::PrintEnd( CPrintState *pPrintState ){
PA_Tag *pTag = TagEnd();
while( pTag ){
char *pData = 0;
if( pTag->data ){
PA_LOCK( pData, char*, pTag->data );
}
pPrintState->m_iCharPos += pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "</%s>",
EDT_TagString( pTag->type ) );
if( pTag->data ){
PA_UNLOCK( pTag->data );
}
PA_Tag* pDelTag = pTag;
pTag = pTag->next;
PA_FreeTag(pDelTag);
}
pPrintState->m_iCharPos = 0;
pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "\n");
}
LO_TableStruct* CEditTableElement::GetLoTable()
{
// Find the first leaf element in the table since
// it will have pointer to LO_Element
CEditElement *pLeaf = FindNextElement(&CEditElement::FindLeafAll,0 );
if( pLeaf )
{
// Only leaf edit elements have their pointers saved in LO_Elements
LO_Element *pLoElement = pLeaf->Leaf()->GetLayoutElement();
if( pLoElement )
{
// Find enclosing LO cell
LO_TableStruct *pLoTable = lo_GetParentTable(GetEditBuffer()->m_pContext, pLoElement);
// We shoul ALWAYS find a table
XP_ASSERT(pLoTable);
return pLoTable;
}
}
return NULL;
}
void CEditTableElement::GetParentSize(MWContext *pContext, int32 *pWidth, int32 *pHeight, LO_TableStruct *pLoTable)
{
// This may be supplied -- get it if not
if( !pLoTable )
pLoTable = GetLoTable();
int32 iParentWidth = 1;
int32 iParentHeight = 1;
if( pLoTable )
{
// Get viewing window
int32 iXOrigin, iYOrigin;
FE_GetDocAndWindowPosition(pContext, &iXOrigin, &iYOrigin, &iParentWidth, &iParentHeight);
// Get extra margin
int32 iMarginWidth;
int32 iMarginHeight;
LO_GetDocumentMargins(pContext, &iMarginWidth, &iMarginHeight);
// Check for embeded table - get max width from Containing cell
LO_CellStruct *pParentCell = lo_GetParentCell( pContext, (LO_Element*)pLoTable );
if( pParentCell )
{
iParentWidth = pParentCell->width - (2 * pParentCell->border_horiz_space);
iParentHeight = pParentCell->height - (2 * pParentCell->border_vert_space);
} else {
iParentWidth -= 2 * iMarginWidth;
iParentHeight -= 2 * iMarginHeight;
}
}
if( pWidth )
*pWidth = iParentWidth;
if( pHeight )
*pHeight = iParentHeight;
}
void CEditTableElement::SetSizeMode(MWContext *pContext, int iMode)
{
int32 iParentWidth, iParentHeight;
XP_Bool bCellPercent = (iMode & ED_MODE_CELL_PERCENT) ? TRUE : FALSE;
XP_Bool bTablePercent = (iMode & ED_MODE_TABLE_PERCENT) ? TRUE : FALSE;
XP_Bool bCellPixels = (iMode & ED_MODE_CELL_PIXELS) ? TRUE : FALSE;
XP_Bool bTablePixels = (iMode & ED_MODE_TABLE_PIXELS) ? TRUE : FALSE;
XP_Bool bUseCols = (iMode & ED_MODE_USE_COLS) ? TRUE : FALSE;
XP_Bool bNoCols = (iMode & ED_MODE_NO_COLS) ? TRUE : FALSE;
XP_Bool bChanged = FALSE;
XP_Bool bSetTableWidth = (iMode & ED_MODE_USE_TABLE_WIDTH) ? TRUE : FALSE;
XP_Bool bClearTableWidth = (iMode & ED_MODE_NO_TABLE_WIDTH) ? TRUE : FALSE;
XP_Bool bSetTableHeight = (iMode & ED_MODE_USE_TABLE_HEIGHT) ? TRUE : FALSE;
XP_Bool bClearTableHeight = (iMode & ED_MODE_NO_TABLE_HEIGHT) ? TRUE : FALSE;
XP_Bool bSetCellWidth = (iMode & ED_MODE_USE_CELL_WIDTH) ? TRUE : FALSE;
XP_Bool bClearCellWidth = (iMode & ED_MODE_NO_CELL_WIDTH) ? TRUE : FALSE;
XP_Bool bSetCellHeight = (iMode & ED_MODE_USE_CELL_HEIGHT) ? TRUE : FALSE;
XP_Bool bClearCellHeight = (iMode & ED_MODE_NO_CELL_HEIGHT) ? TRUE : FALSE;
//XP_TRACE(("SetSizeMode: bPixels=%d, bPercent=%d, bSetCellWidth=%d, bClearCellWidth=%d", bPixels, bPercent, bSetCellWidth, bClearCellWidth));
// Save current values to restore after resizing
m_bSaveWidthPercent = m_bWidthPercent;
m_bSaveHeightPercent = m_bHeightPercent;
// First set values for the table
if( (bTablePixels && m_bWidthPercent) || (bTablePercent && !m_bWidthPercent) ||
(bTablePixels && m_bHeightPercent) || (bTablePercent && !m_bHeightPercent) ||
bUseCols || bNoCols || bSetTableWidth || bSetTableHeight ||
bClearTableWidth || bClearTableHeight )
{
EDT_TableData *pTableData = GetData();
if( !pTableData )
return;
// Save these to restore after relayout of table
m_bSaveWidthDefined = pTableData->bWidthDefined;
m_bSaveHeightDefined = pTableData->bHeightDefined;
m_bSaveWidthPercent = pTableData->bWidthPercent;
m_bSaveHeightPercent = pTableData->bHeightPercent;
GetParentSize(pContext, &iParentWidth, &iParentHeight);
if( (pTableData->bWidthDefined && bClearTableWidth) ||
(!pTableData->bWidthDefined && bSetTableWidth) )
{
pTableData->bWidthDefined = bSetTableWidth;
}
if( (pTableData->bHeightDefined && bClearTableHeight) ||
(!pTableData->bHeightDefined && bSetTableHeight) )
{
pTableData->bHeightDefined = bSetTableHeight;
}
if( (bTablePixels && pTableData->bWidthPercent) ||
(bTablePercent && !pTableData->bWidthPercent) )
{
if( bTablePercent )
{
pTableData->bWidthPercent = TRUE;
pTableData->iWidth = m_iWidthPixels * 100 / iParentWidth;
} else if( bTablePixels ){
pTableData->bWidthPercent = FALSE;
pTableData->iWidth = m_iWidthPixels;
}
}
if( (bTablePixels && pTableData->bHeightPercent) ||
(bTablePercent && !pTableData->bHeightPercent) )
{
pTableData->bHeightPercent = bTablePercent;
if( bTablePercent )
{
pTableData->bHeightPercent = TRUE;
pTableData->iHeight = m_iHeightPixels * 100 / iParentHeight;
} else if( bTablePixels ){
pTableData->bHeightPercent = FALSE;
pTableData->iHeight = m_iHeightPixels;
}
}
if( bUseCols )
pTableData->bUseCols = TRUE;
if( bNoCols )
pTableData->bUseCols = FALSE;
SetData(pTableData);
EDT_FreeTableData(pTableData);
}
// Process cells only if asked to set or clear the width or height
if( bCellPixels || bCellPercent ||
bSetCellWidth || bClearCellWidth ||
bSetCellHeight || bClearCellHeight )
{
// Scan through entire table to set all cells
CEditTableCellElement *pCell = GetFirstCell();
if( pCell )
{
// Get current width and height
// (doesn't include amount we are changing
// during current resizing)
iParentWidth = pCell->GetParentWidth();
iParentHeight = pCell->GetParentHeight();
}
while( pCell )
{
// Only set cell's data if we change from current settings
bChanged = FALSE;
EDT_TableCellData *pCellData = pCell->GetData();
if( pCellData )
{
if( (pCellData->bWidthDefined && bClearCellWidth) ||
(!pCellData->bWidthDefined && bSetCellWidth) )
{
pCellData->bWidthDefined = bSetCellWidth;
bChanged = TRUE;
}
if( (pCellData->bHeightDefined && bClearCellHeight) ||
(!pCellData->bHeightDefined && bSetCellHeight) )
{
pCellData->bHeightDefined = bSetCellHeight;
bChanged = TRUE;
}
// Save the current m_bWidthPercent, m_bHeightPercent, bWidthDefined, and bHeightDefined
pCell->SaveSizeMode(pCellData->bWidthDefined, pCellData->bHeightDefined);
if( bSetTableWidth &&
(bCellPixels && pCellData->bWidthPercent ||
bCellPercent && !pCellData->bWidthPercent) )
{
if( bCellPercent )
{
pCellData->bWidthPercent = TRUE;
pCellData->iWidth = (pCellData->iWidthPixels * 100) / iParentWidth;
} else {
pCellData->bWidthPercent = FALSE;
pCellData->iWidth = pCellData->iWidthPixels;
}
bChanged = TRUE;
}
if( bSetTableHeight &&
(bCellPixels && pCellData->bHeightPercent ||
bCellPercent && !pCellData->bHeightPercent) )
{
if( bCellPercent )
{
pCellData->bHeightPercent = TRUE;
pCellData->iHeight = (pCellData->iHeightPixels * 100) / iParentHeight;
} else {
pCellData->bHeightPercent = FALSE;
pCellData->iHeight = pCellData->iHeightPixels;
}
bChanged = TRUE;
}
if( bChanged )
pCell->SetData(pCellData);
EDT_FreeTableCellData(pCellData);
}
pCell = GetNextCellInTable();
}
}
}
void CEditTableElement::RestoreSizeMode(MWContext *pContext)
{
int32 iParentWidth;
int32 iParentHeight;
EDT_TableData *pTableData = GetData();
if( pTableData && pContext )
{
// First restore the size mode for the table
GetParentSize(pContext, &iParentWidth, &iParentHeight);
if( m_bSaveWidthPercent )
{
// Convert existing Pixel value to % of parent size
pTableData->iWidth = (m_iWidthPixels * 100) / iParentWidth;
pTableData->iHeight = (m_iHeightPixels * 100) / iParentHeight;
} else {
// Converting to pixels is simple - just use the pixel value we already have
pTableData->iWidth = m_iWidthPixels;
pTableData->iHeight = m_iHeightPixels;
}
pTableData->bWidthDefined = m_bSaveWidthDefined;
pTableData->bHeightDefined = m_bSaveHeightDefined;
pTableData->bWidthPercent = m_bSaveWidthPercent;
pTableData->bHeightPercent = m_bSaveHeightPercent;
SetData(pTableData);
EDT_FreeTableData(pTableData);
// Scan through entire table to reset all cells
CEditTableCellElement *pCell = GetFirstCell();
if( pCell )
{
iParentWidth = pCell->GetParentWidth();
iParentHeight = pCell->GetParentHeight();
}
while( pCell )
{
pCell->RestoreSizeMode(iParentWidth, iParentHeight);
pCell = GetNextCellInTable();
}
}
}
// This should only be called before laying out a table and
// we expect to call AddLayoutData soon after to rebuild layout data and counters
void CEditTableElement::DeleteLayoutData()
{
// Blank out current arrays and reset row and column counters
memset(m_pColumnLayoutData, 0, m_iColumnLayoutSize*sizeof(EDT_CellLayoutData));
memset(m_pRowLayoutData, 0, m_iRowLayoutSize*sizeof(EDT_CellLayoutData));
m_iColumns = 0;
m_iRows = 0;
}
// Store data for first cell in each column and row in growable arrays
void CEditTableElement::AddLayoutData(CEditTableCellElement *pEdCell, LO_Element *pLoCell)
{
if( !pEdCell || !pLoCell )
return;
EDT_CellLayoutData *pColData;
EDT_CellLayoutData *pRowData;
intn i;
// We always add the cell the first time here
XP_Bool bNewColumn = m_iColumns == 0;
XP_Bool bNewRow = m_iRows == 0;
for( i = 0; i < m_iColumns; i++ )
{
if( pLoCell->lo_cell.x == m_pColumnLayoutData[i].X )
{
// We already have the first cell in this column
// Just increase the column count
// Note: We count geometric columns, so we must look at COLSPAN
m_pColumnLayoutData[i].iCellsInColumn += lo_GetColSpan(pLoCell);
break;
}
else if( pLoCell->lo_cell.x > m_pColumnLayoutData[i].X &&
( i+1 == m_iColumns ||
pLoCell->lo_cell.x < m_pColumnLayoutData[i+1].X ) )
{
// We are at the last existing cell in array or
// this cell's X is between current cell's and
// the next cell in array
// so we have a new column to insert between existing columns
bNewColumn = TRUE;
// The index to insert at is the NEXT location
i++;
break;
}
}
if( bNewColumn )
{
if( m_iColumns >= m_iColumnLayoutSize )
{
m_pColumnLayoutData = (EDT_CellLayoutData*)XP_REALLOC(m_pColumnLayoutData, (LAYOUT_ARRAY_SIZE+m_iColumnLayoutSize)*sizeof(EDT_CellLayoutData));
if( m_pColumnLayoutData )
{
m_iColumnLayoutSize += LAYOUT_ARRAY_SIZE;
}
else
{
m_iColumnLayoutSize = 0;
XP_TRACE(("Out of memory for ColumnLayout data"));
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
return;
}
}
// Make room for inserted struct if not at end of current array
if( i < m_iColumns )
XP_MEMMOVE(&m_pColumnLayoutData[i+1], &m_pColumnLayoutData[i], (m_iColumns-i)*sizeof(EDT_CellLayoutData));
pColData = &m_pColumnLayoutData[i];
pColData->X = pLoCell->lo_cell.x;
pColData->Y = pLoCell->lo_cell.y;
pColData->pEdCell = pEdCell;
pColData->pLoCell = pLoCell;
pColData->iColumn = i;
pColData->iCellsInColumn = lo_GetColSpan(pLoCell);
// These are ignored for column data
pColData->iCellsInRow = pColData->iRow = 0;
m_iColumns++;
}
for( i = 0; i < m_iRows; i++ )
{
if( pLoCell->lo_cell.y == m_pRowLayoutData[i].Y )
{
// We already have the first cell in this row
// Just increase the row count
m_pRowLayoutData[i].iCellsInRow += lo_GetRowSpan(pLoCell);
break;
}
else if( pLoCell->lo_cell.y > m_pRowLayoutData[i].Y &&
( i+1 == m_iRows ||
pLoCell->lo_cell.y < m_pRowLayoutData[i+1].Y ) )
{
// We are at the last existing cell in array or
// this cell's Y is between current cell's and
// the next cell in array,
// so we have a new row to insert between existing rows
bNewRow = TRUE;
// The index to insert at is the NEXT location
i++;
break;
}
}
if( bNewRow )
{
if( m_iRows >= m_iRowLayoutSize )
{
m_pRowLayoutData = (EDT_CellLayoutData*)XP_REALLOC(m_pRowLayoutData, (LAYOUT_ARRAY_SIZE+m_iRowLayoutSize)*sizeof(EDT_CellLayoutData));
if( m_pRowLayoutData )
{
m_iRowLayoutSize += LAYOUT_ARRAY_SIZE;
}
else
{
m_iRowLayoutSize = 0;
XP_TRACE(("Out of memory for RowLayout data"));
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
return;
}
}
// Make room for inserted struct if not at end of current array
if( i < m_iRows )
XP_MEMMOVE(&m_pRowLayoutData[i+1], &m_pRowLayoutData[i], (m_iRows-i)*sizeof(EDT_CellLayoutData));
pRowData = &m_pRowLayoutData[i];
pRowData->X = pLoCell->lo_cell.x;
pRowData->Y = pLoCell->lo_cell.y;
pRowData->pEdCell = pEdCell;
pRowData->pLoCell = pLoCell;
pRowData->iRow = i;
pRowData->iCellsInRow = lo_GetRowSpan(pLoCell);
// These are ignored for row data
pRowData->iCellsInColumn = pRowData->iColumn = 0;
m_iRows++;
//m_pRowLayoutData.Insert(pRowData, i);
}
}
// class CEditTableRowElement
CEditTableRowElement::CEditTableRowElement()
: CEditElement((CEditElement*) NULL, P_TABLE_ROW),
m_backgroundColor(),
m_iBackgroundSaveIndex(0),
m_pBackgroundImage(0)
{
}
CEditTableRowElement::CEditTableRowElement(intn columns)
: CEditElement((CEditElement*) NULL, P_TABLE_ROW),
m_backgroundColor(),
m_iBackgroundSaveIndex(0),
m_pBackgroundImage(0)
{
EDT_TRY {
for ( intn column = 0; column < columns; column++ ) {
CEditTableCellElement* pCell = new CEditTableCellElement();
pCell->InsertAsFirstChild(this);
}
}
EDT_CATCH_ALL {
Finalize();
EDT_RETHROW;
}
}
CEditTableRowElement::CEditTableRowElement(CEditElement *pParent, PA_Tag *pTag, int16 /*csid*/)
: CEditElement(pParent, P_TABLE_ROW),
m_backgroundColor(),
m_iBackgroundSaveIndex(0),
m_pBackgroundImage(0)
{
if( pTag ){
char *locked_buff;
PA_LOCK(locked_buff, char *, pTag->data );
if( locked_buff ){
SetTagData( locked_buff );
}
PA_UNLOCK(pTag->data);
}
}
CEditTableRowElement::CEditTableRowElement(IStreamIn *pStreamIn, CEditBuffer *pBuffer)
: CEditElement(pStreamIn, pBuffer),
m_backgroundColor(),
m_iBackgroundSaveIndex(0),
m_pBackgroundImage(0)
{
}
CEditTableRowElement::~CEditTableRowElement(){
delete m_pBackgroundImage;
}
CEditTableRowElement *CEditTableRowElement::GetNextRow()
{
CEditElement *pRow = GetNextSibling();
if( pRow && pRow->IsTableRow() )
{
return pRow->TableRow();
}
else if( pRow )
{
// Most likely we have a caption
XP_ASSERT(pRow->IsCaption());
// Can only have 1, so next one must
// be a row or we're at the end already
pRow = pRow->GetNextSibling();
if( pRow && pRow->IsTableRow() )
return pRow->TableRow();
}
return NULL;
}
CEditTableCellElement *CEditTableRowElement::GetFirstCell()
{
CEditElement *pChild = GetChild();
if( pChild && pChild->IsTableCell() )
{
return pChild->TableCell();
}
return NULL;
}
// Scan all cells in row and add up m_iColSpan to get
// maximum possible cells in the row
intn CEditTableRowElement::GetCells()
{
intn cells = 0;
// Get the first cell of the row
CEditElement* pChild = GetChild();
if( pChild && pChild->IsTableCell() )
{
// Starting number of cells is normally 0,
// except when ROWSPAN causes first cell to be indented
while( pChild )
{
if ( pChild->IsTableCell() )
{
// We must add column span to get maximum possible columns per row
cells += ((CEditTableCellElement*)pChild)->GetColSpan();
}
pChild = pChild->GetNextSibling();
}
}
return cells;
}
XP_Bool CEditTableRowElement::AllCellsInRowAreEmpty()
{
CEditTableCellElement *pCell = GetFirstCell();
if( !pCell || !pCell->IsTableCell() ) // Unlikely
{
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
return FALSE;
}
while( pCell && pCell->IsTableCell() )
{
if( !pCell->IsEmpty() )
return FALSE;
pCell = (CEditTableCellElement*)(pCell->GetNextSibling());
}
return TRUE;
}
void CEditTableRowElement::FinishedLoad( CEditBuffer* pBuffer ){
// Wrap anything that's not a table cell in a table cell.
CEditTableCellElement* pCell = NULL;
CEditElement* pNext = 0;
if ( ! GetChild() ) {
// Force a cell
CEditTableCellElement* pTempCell = new CEditTableCellElement();
pTempCell->InsertAsFirstChild(this);
}
for ( CEditElement* pChild = GetChild();
pChild;
pChild = pNext) {
pNext = pChild->GetNextSibling(); // We might unlink pChild
if ( ! IsAcceptableChild(*pChild) ){
if ( ! pCell ){
pCell = new CEditTableCellElement();
pCell->InsertAfter(pChild);
}
pChild->Unlink();
pChild->InsertAsLastChild(pCell);
}
else {
if ( pCell ){
pCell->FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
pCell = NULL;
}
}
pChild->FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
}
if ( pCell ){
pCell->FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
pCell = NULL;
}
}
static void edt_InsertCells(intn number, XP_Bool bAfter, CEditTableCellElement *pExisting,
CEditTableRowElement *pSourceRow, CEditTableCellElement **ppCellForInsertPoint)
{
XP_ASSERT(pExisting);
if( !pExisting )
return;
CEditBuffer *pBuffer = pExisting->GetEditBuffer();
if( !pBuffer )
return;
// Insert new cells at new insert position
for ( intn col = 0; col < number; col++ )
{
CEditTableCellElement *pInsertCell = NULL;
if ( pSourceRow )
{
// Remove cells from source from left to right
pInsertCell = pSourceRow->GetFirstCell();
if( pInsertCell )
{
// We found a cell - unlink it from source row
// Note: When pasting a column, we get a NULL cell
// if any cell in the column has COLSPAN > 1.
// The cells without colspan will be "missing" in the source
pInsertCell->Unlink();
// If inserted cell spans > 1 column, then
// we should insert fewer to keep table rectangular
intn iColSpan = pInsertCell->GetColSpan();
if( iColSpan > 1 )
number -= iColSpan - 1;
}
}
// We didn't find a cell in source
// (no source or because of COLSPAN > 1),
// so insert a blank cell instead
if( !pInsertCell )
pInsertCell = new CEditTableCellElement();
if( pInsertCell )
{
if( bAfter )
{
pInsertCell->InsertAfter(pExisting);
// To insert new cells when pSourceRow is used
// and we want to insert from left to right,
// set the "before" cell to the one just inserted
pExisting = pInsertCell;
}
else
{
// Insert before the current column
// This will add pSourceRow cells from left to right
pInsertCell->InsertBefore(pExisting);
}
// Be sure cell has the empty text element in default paragraph container,
// but check if text should be a space
pBuffer->SetFillNewCellWithSpace();
pInsertCell->FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
pBuffer->ClearFillNewCellWithSpace();
}
// Return the cell inserted if not already set
if( ppCellForInsertPoint && *ppCellForInsertPoint == NULL )
*ppCellForInsertPoint = pInsertCell;
}
}
// Note: iNewX should either be == X (insert before current column)
// or == X + (insert column's width).
void CEditTableRowElement::InsertCells(int32 X, int32 iNewX, intn number, CEditTableRowElement* pSourceRow,
CEditTableCellElement **ppCellForInsertPoint)
{
if ( number <= 0 || X < 0 )
{
return;
}
CEditTableElement *pTable = (CEditTableElement*)GetParent();
if( !pTable || !pTable->IsTable() )
return;
CEditTableCellElement *pCellForInsertPoint = NULL;
int32 iInterCellSpace = pTable->GetCellSpacing();
int32 iCellX;
if ( pTable->GetColumnX(0) == iNewX )
{
// Insert at the start.
for ( intn col = 0; col < number; col++ )
{
CEditTableCellElement* pInsertCell = NULL;
if ( pSourceRow )
{
// Insert cells from the end
pInsertCell = (CEditTableCellElement*)pSourceRow->GetLastChild();
if( pInsertCell )
{
pInsertCell->Unlink();
// If inserted cell spans > 1 column, then
// we should insert fewer to keep table rectangular
intn iColSpan = pInsertCell->GetColSpan();
if( iColSpan > 1 )
number -= iColSpan - 1;
}
}
//Note: Create a new cell if no source or source row was incomplete
if( !pInsertCell )
{
pInsertCell = new CEditTableCellElement();
// Insert space into initial text
CEditBuffer *pBuffer = GetEditBuffer();
pBuffer->SetFillNewCellWithSpace();
pInsertCell->FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
pBuffer->ClearFillNewCellWithSpace();
}
if( pInsertCell )
{
// Save first cell inserted
if( !pCellForInsertPoint )
pCellForInsertPoint = pInsertCell;
pInsertCell->InsertAsFirstChild(this);
}
}
}
else
{
// Get the cell at the requested column
CEditTableCellElement* pExisting = FindCell(X, X != iNewX);
// This may now be NULL for "missing" cells because
// of ROWSPAN or COLSPAN effects
if( pExisting )
{
iCellX = pExisting->GetX();
if( (iCellX < X || X != iNewX) && ((iCellX + pExisting->GetFullWidth()) > iNewX) ) // WAS GetWidth()
{
// Cell extends past new column insert point,
// so simply increase span and don't add new cell
pExisting->IncreaseColSpan(number);
} else {
// Non-spanned cell found at current column,
// so insert before (X==iNewX) or after that cell
edt_InsertCells(number, X < iNewX, pExisting, pSourceRow, &pCellForInsertPoint);
}
}
else if( (X != iNewX) && (pExisting = FindCell(iNewX/*+iInterCellSpace*/)) != NULL )
{
// No cell in current column, but we found cell at NEW insert column
// so put new cell(s) before this
edt_InsertCells(number, FALSE, pExisting, pSourceRow, &pCellForInsertPoint);
}
else
{
// We didn't find a cell, either because of cells spanning row
// from above, or this row needs new cell(s) at the end
// First cell in current row
CEditTableCellElement *pFirstCell = GetFirstCell();
if( !pFirstCell )
goto INSERT_CELLS_DONE;
// This should be same as pFirstCell, but we need to setup
// to find other cells in same geometric row
CEditTableCellElement *pCell = pTable->GetFirstCellInRow(pFirstCell->GetY());
XP_ASSERT(pCell == pFirstCell);
intn iCurrentRow = pFirstCell->GetRow();
CEditTableCellElement *pCellBefore = NULL;
CEditTableCellElement *pCellAfter = NULL;
while(pCell)
{
iCellX = pCell->GetX();
int32 iCellWidth = pCell->GetFullWidth(); // WAS GetWidth()
if( iCellX == X )
{
// We found a cell from another row that spans current row
// and target column, so just increase its column span instead of inserting
if( X != iNewX && (iCellX+iCellWidth) > iNewX )
{
pCell->IncreaseColSpan(number);
goto INSERT_CELLS_DONE;
}
}
// Find the closest cells in current row
// to our target column
if( pCell->GetRow() == iCurrentRow )
{
if( (iCellX + pCell->GetFullWidth()) <= X )
pCellBefore = pCell;
if( iCellX >= X && !pCellAfter )
pCellAfter = pCell;
}
pCell = pTable->GetNextCellInRow();
}
if( pCellAfter )
{
// FALSE = Force inserting before the cell found
edt_InsertCells(number, FALSE, pCellAfter, pSourceRow, &pCellForInsertPoint);
goto INSERT_CELLS_DONE;
}
if( pCellBefore )
{
// This is tough. We know we need to add cells, but how many?
// We can't be sure we had enough before so new cells end up
// at desired new column.
// TODO: USE pTable->m_pColumnLayoutData to figure out how
// many cells to add to bring us to desired X
// TRUE = insert after the cell found
edt_InsertCells(number, TRUE, pCellBefore, pSourceRow, &pCellForInsertPoint);
}
}
}
INSERT_CELLS_DONE:
// Return the cell inserted if not already set
if( ppCellForInsertPoint && *ppCellForInsertPoint == NULL )
*ppCellForInsertPoint = pCellForInsertPoint;
}
intn CEditTableRowElement::AppendRow( CEditTableRowElement *pAppendRow, XP_Bool bDeleteRow )
{
if( !pAppendRow )
return 0;
intn iColumnsAppended = 0;
CEditTableCellElement *pAppendCell = pAppendRow->GetFirstCell();
while( pAppendCell )
{
// Unlink each cell in source row and
// append it to current row
pAppendCell->Unlink();
pAppendCell->InsertAsLastChild(this);
iColumnsAppended += pAppendCell->GetColSpan();
pAppendCell = pAppendRow->GetFirstCell();
}
if( bDeleteRow )
delete pAppendRow;
return iColumnsAppended;
}
// This only works for table rows already layed out
// (has gone through CEditBuffer::FixupTableData() )
void CEditTableRowElement::PadRowWithEmptyCells( intn iColumns )
{
CEditTableElement *pTable = (CEditTableElement*)GetParent();
if( !pTable || !pTable->IsTable() )
return;
CEditTableCellElement *pCell = GetFirstCell();
CEditTableCellElement *pLastCell = NULL;
// Use number of columns supplied, or get current number in table
intn iTotalColumns = iColumns ? iColumns : pTable->GetColumns();
while( pCell )
{
pLastCell = pCell;
pCell = pCell->GetNextCellInLogicalRow();
}
if( pLastCell )
{
// Get which column the last cell is in
intn iLastIndex = pTable->GetColumnIndex(pLastCell->GetX());
if( iLastIndex >= 0 )
{
intn iExtraColumns = iTotalColumns - iLastIndex - 1;
if( iExtraColumns > 0 )
edt_InsertCells( iExtraColumns, TRUE, pLastCell, NULL, NULL);
}
}
}
void CEditTableRowElement::DeleteCells(int32 X, intn number, CEditTableCellElement **ppCellForInsertPoint)
{
if ( number == 0 )
{
return; /* A waste of time, but legal. */
}
if ( number < 0 || X < 0 )
{
/* Illegal. */
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
return;
}
CEditTableElement *pTable = (CEditTableElement*)GetParent();
XP_ASSERT(pTable && pTable->IsTable() );
CEditTableCellElement *pCellForInsertPoint = NULL;
CEditTableCellElement* pCell = FindCell(X);
CEditTableCellElement* pPrevCell;
if( pTable && pCell )
{
// Save the first cell that we will NOT be deleting
if( X == pCell->GetX() )
{
pPrevCell = (CEditTableCellElement*)pCell->GetPreviousSibling();
#ifdef DEBUG
if( pPrevCell )
XP_ASSERT(pPrevCell->IsTableCell());
#endif
}
else
// Cell spans delete X, so we will only be reducing cellspan
pPrevCell = pCell;
intn iRemaining = number;
CEditTableCellElement *pNextCell = NULL;
while( iRemaining > 0 )
{
// Get next cell before we delete the one we're at
pNextCell = pCell->GetNextCellInLogicalRow();
int32 iCellX = pCell->GetX();
int32 iColSpan = pCell->GetColSpan();
if( iCellX >= X )
{
// Cell is in same column as delete column or to the right of it
if( iColSpan <= iRemaining )
{
// Simplest case - just delete one cell
// Remove any selected cells from our lists
// else relayout blows up
// NULL means let function find the corresponding LO_CellStruct
if( pCell->IsSelected() )
GetEditBuffer()->SelectCell(FALSE, NULL, pCell);
delete pCell;
iRemaining -= iColSpan;
}
else if( iColSpan > iRemaining )
{
// Cell spans more than we want to delete,
// so reduce span instead of actually deleting
pCell->DecreaseColSpan(iRemaining);
iRemaining = 0;
// Since this cell is in the delete column (same X),
// then we want it to look deleted, so empty contents
pCell->DeleteContents();
}
} else {
// Start of cell is before delete column
// (but end must be past delete column)
// Figure out how many columns it spans before delete column.
int32 iSpanAvailable = iColSpan - pTable->GetColumnsSpanned(iCellX, X);
if( iSpanAvailable > 0 )
{
// Decrease the column span instead of deleting
intn iDecrease = min(iSpanAvailable,iRemaining);
pCell->DecreaseColSpan(iDecrease);
iRemaining -= iDecrease;
// "Undefine" (1st param) the width since it is no longer
// in the same column as before
// Keep existing bWidthPercent, the last param = width
// (it doesn't matter what it is now)
pCell->SetWidth(FALSE, pCell->GetWidthPercent(), 1);
// then we want to use the width of the
}
}
// We are done if no more cells in row or nothing remaining to delete
if( !pNextCell )
break;
pCell = pNextCell;
}
// Cell for insert point is the first non-deleted cell
// (which should end up where the first deleted cell was)
// or the previous cell if we deleted to the end of row
pCellForInsertPoint = pNextCell ? pNextCell : pPrevCell;
} else {
//TODO: WHAT TO DO IF WE DON'T FIND A CELL?
// Only case this should fail is if number of cells in this row
// is less than the column being deleted
// So doing nothing is probably OK
XP_TRACE(("No cell in column at X = %d", X));
}
// Return the cell inserted if not already set
if( ppCellForInsertPoint && *ppCellForInsertPoint == NULL )
*ppCellForInsertPoint = pCellForInsertPoint;
}
CEditTableCellElement* CEditTableRowElement::FindCell(int32 X, XP_Bool bIncludeRightEdge)
{
CEditTableCellElement* pCell = NULL;
XP_Bool bQuitNextCycle = FALSE;
for ( CEditElement* pChild = GetChild();
pChild;
pChild = pChild->GetNextSibling())
{
if ( pChild->IsTableCell() )
{
int32 cellX = pChild->TableCell()->GetX();
int32 cellRight = cellX + pChild->TableCell()->GetFullWidth(); // WAS GetWidth()
// Back up 1 pixel if we shouldn't match the right edge
if( !bIncludeRightEdge )
cellRight--;
if ( X >= cellX && X <= cellRight )
{
if( pCell )
{
return pChild->TableCell();
} else {
// We are here when we first find a cell
// Save it but continue 1 more cycle to see if next cell's
// left edge matches - use that instead if it does
// (This is needed when border = 0, then the
// right edge of one cell = left edge of next)
pCell = pChild->TableCell();
bQuitNextCycle = TRUE;
continue; // Skip test just below
}
}
if( bQuitNextCycle )
break;
}
}
return pCell;
}
void CEditTableRowElement::SetData( EDT_TableRowData *pData ){
char *pNew = 0;
if( pData->align != ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "ALIGN=%s ", EDT_AlignString(pData->align) );
}
if( pData->valign != ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "VALIGN=%s ", EDT_AlignString(pData->valign) );
}
if ( pData->pColorBackground ) {
SetBackgroundColor(EDT_LO_COLOR(pData->pColorBackground));
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "BGCOLOR=\"#%06lX\" ", GetBackgroundColor().GetAsLong() );
}
else {
SetBackgroundColor(ED_Color::GetUndefined());
}
if ( pData->pBackgroundImage ) {
SetBackgroundImage(pData->pBackgroundImage);
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "BACKGROUND=\"%s\" ", pData->pBackgroundImage );
}
else {
SetBackgroundImage(0);
}
if ( pData->bBackgroundNoSave) {
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "NOSAVE " );
}
if( pData->pExtra ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "%s ", pData->pExtra );
}
if( pNew ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, ">" );
}
SetTagData( pNew );
if ( pNew ) {
free(pNew);
}
}
EDT_TableRowData* CEditTableRowElement::GetData( ){
EDT_TableRowData *pRet;
PA_Tag* pTag = TagOpen(0);
pRet = ParseParams( pTag, GetWinCSID() );
PA_FreeTag( pTag );
return pRet;
}
static char *tableRowParams[] = {
PARAM_ALIGN,
PARAM_VALIGN,
PARAM_BGCOLOR,
PARAM_BACKGROUND,
PARAM_NOSAVE,
0
};
EDT_TableRowData* CEditTableRowElement::ParseParams( PA_Tag *pTag, int16 csid ){
EDT_TableRowData* pData = NewData();
ED_Alignment align;
align = edt_FetchParamAlignment( pTag, ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT, FALSE, csid );
if( align == ED_ALIGN_RIGHT || align == ED_ALIGN_LEFT || align == ED_ALIGN_ABSCENTER ){
pData->align = align;
}
align = edt_FetchParamAlignment( pTag, ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT, TRUE, csid );
if( align == ED_ALIGN_ABSTOP || align == ED_ALIGN_ABSBOTTOM || align == ED_ALIGN_ABSCENTER
|| align == ED_ALIGN_BASELINE ){
pData->valign = align;
}
pData->pColorBackground = edt_MakeLoColor(edt_FetchParamColor( pTag, PARAM_BGCOLOR, csid ));
pData->pBackgroundImage = edt_FetchParamString( pTag, PARAM_BACKGROUND, csid );
pData->bBackgroundNoSave = edt_FetchParamBoolExist( pTag, PARAM_NOSAVE, csid );
pData->pExtra = edt_FetchParamExtras( pTag, tableRowParams, csid );
return pData;
}
EDT_TableRowData* CEditTableRowElement::NewData(){
EDT_TableRowData* pData = XP_NEW( EDT_TableRowData );
if( pData == 0 ){
// throw();
return pData;
}
pData->align = ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT;
pData->valign = ED_ALIGN_TOP; // ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT; this is centered - stupid!
pData->pColorBackground = 0;
pData->pBackgroundImage = 0;
pData->bBackgroundNoSave = FALSE;
pData->pExtra = 0;
return pData;
}
void CEditTableRowElement::FreeData( EDT_TableRowData *pData ){
if( pData->pColorBackground ) XP_FREE( pData->pColorBackground );
if( pData->pBackgroundImage ) XP_FREE( pData->pBackgroundImage );
if( pData->pExtra ) XP_FREE( pData->pExtra );
XP_FREE( pData );
}
void CEditTableRowElement::SetBackgroundColor( ED_Color iColor ){
m_backgroundColor = iColor;
}
ED_Color CEditTableRowElement::GetBackgroundColor(){
return m_backgroundColor;
}
void CEditTableRowElement::SetBackgroundImage( char* pImage ){
delete m_pBackgroundImage;
m_pBackgroundImage = 0;
if ( pImage ) {
m_pBackgroundImage = XP_STRDUP(pImage);
}
}
char* CEditTableRowElement::GetBackgroundImage(){
return m_pBackgroundImage;
}
// class CEditCaptionElement
CEditCaptionElement::CEditCaptionElement()
: CEditSubDocElement((CEditElement*) NULL, P_CAPTION)
{
}
CEditCaptionElement::CEditCaptionElement(CEditElement *pParent, PA_Tag *pTag, int16 /*csid*/)
: CEditSubDocElement(pParent, P_CAPTION)
{
if( pTag ){
char *locked_buff;
PA_LOCK(locked_buff, char *, pTag->data );
if( locked_buff ){
SetTagData( locked_buff );
}
PA_UNLOCK(pTag->data);
}
}
CEditCaptionElement::CEditCaptionElement(IStreamIn *pStreamIn, CEditBuffer *pBuffer)
: CEditSubDocElement(pStreamIn, pBuffer)
{
}
void CEditCaptionElement::SetData( EDT_TableCaptionData *pData ){
char *pNew = 0;
if( pData->align == ED_ALIGN_ABSBOTTOM ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "ALIGN=%s ", EDT_AlignString(pData->align) );
}
if( pData->pExtra ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "%s ", pData->pExtra );
}
if( pNew ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, ">" );
}
SetTagData( pNew );
if ( pNew ) {
free(pNew);
}
}
EDT_TableCaptionData* CEditCaptionElement::GetData( ){
return GetData( GetWinCSID() );
}
EDT_TableCaptionData* CEditCaptionElement::GetData( int16 csid ){
EDT_TableCaptionData* pRet;
PA_Tag* pTag = TagOpen(0);
pRet = ParseParams( pTag, csid );
PA_FreeTag( pTag );
return pRet;
}
static char *tableCaptionParams[] = {
PARAM_ALIGN,
0
};
EDT_TableCaptionData* CEditCaptionElement::ParseParams( PA_Tag *pTag, int16 csid ){
EDT_TableCaptionData* pData = NewData();
pData->align = edt_FetchParamAlignment( pTag, ED_ALIGN_ABSTOP, FALSE, csid );
pData->pExtra = edt_FetchParamExtras( pTag, tableCaptionParams, csid );
return pData;
}
EDT_TableCaptionData* CEditCaptionElement::NewData(){
EDT_TableCaptionData* pData = XP_NEW( EDT_TableCaptionData );
if( pData == 0 ){
// throw();
return pData;
}
pData->align = ED_ALIGN_CENTER;
pData->pExtra = 0;
return pData;
}
void CEditCaptionElement::FreeData( EDT_TableCaptionData *pData ){
if( pData->pExtra ) XP_FREE( pData->pExtra );
XP_FREE( pData );
}
// class CEditTableCellElement
CEditTableCellElement::CEditTableCellElement()
: CEditSubDocElement((CEditElement*) NULL, P_TABLE_DATA),
m_backgroundColor(),
m_iBackgroundSaveIndex(0),
m_pBackgroundImage(0),
m_iWidth(1),
m_iWidthPixels(1),
m_iHeight(1),
m_iHeightPixels(1),
m_bWidthPercent(FALSE),
m_bHeightPercent(FALSE),
m_bWidthDefined(FALSE),
m_bHeightDefined(FALSE),
m_iColSpan(1),
m_iRowSpan(1),
m_iRow(0),
m_X(0),
m_Y(0),
m_pSaveParent(0),
m_pSaveNext(0),
m_bSaveWidthPercent(FALSE),
m_bSaveHeightPercent(FALSE),
m_bSaveWidthDefined(FALSE),
m_bSaveHeightDefined(FALSE),
m_bSelected(FALSE),
m_bSpecialSelected(FALSE),
m_bDeleted(FALSE)
{
}
CEditTableCellElement::CEditTableCellElement(XP_Bool bIsHeader)
: CEditSubDocElement((CEditElement*) NULL, bIsHeader ? P_TABLE_HEADER : P_TABLE_DATA),
m_backgroundColor(),
m_iBackgroundSaveIndex(0),
m_pBackgroundImage(0),
m_iWidth(1),
m_iWidthPixels(1),
m_iHeight(1),
m_iHeightPixels(1),
m_bWidthPercent(FALSE),
m_bHeightPercent(FALSE),
m_bWidthDefined(FALSE),
m_bHeightDefined(FALSE),
m_iColSpan(1),
m_iRowSpan(1),
m_iRow(0),
m_X(0),
m_Y(0),
m_pSaveParent(0),
m_pSaveNext(0),
m_bSaveWidthPercent(FALSE),
m_bSaveHeightPercent(FALSE),
m_bSaveWidthDefined(FALSE),
m_bSaveHeightDefined(FALSE),
m_bSelected(FALSE),
m_bSpecialSelected(FALSE),
m_bDeleted(FALSE)
{
}
CEditTableCellElement::CEditTableCellElement(CEditElement *pParent, PA_Tag *pTag, int16 /*csid*/)
: CEditSubDocElement(pParent, pTag->type),
m_backgroundColor(),
m_iBackgroundSaveIndex(0),
m_pBackgroundImage(0),
m_iWidth(1),
m_iWidthPixels(1),
m_iHeight(1),
m_iHeightPixels(1),
m_bWidthPercent(FALSE),
m_bHeightPercent(FALSE),
m_bWidthDefined(FALSE),
m_bHeightDefined(FALSE),
m_iColSpan(1),
m_iRowSpan(1),
m_iRow(0),
m_X(0),
m_Y(0),
m_pSaveParent(0),
m_pSaveNext(0),
m_bSaveWidthPercent(FALSE),
m_bSaveHeightPercent(FALSE),
m_bSaveWidthDefined(FALSE),
m_bSaveHeightDefined(FALSE),
m_bSelected(FALSE),
m_bSpecialSelected(FALSE),
m_bDeleted(FALSE)
{
if( pTag ){
char *locked_buff;
PA_LOCK(locked_buff, char *, pTag->data );
if( locked_buff ){
SetTagData( locked_buff );
}
PA_UNLOCK(pTag->data);
}
}
CEditTableCellElement::CEditTableCellElement(IStreamIn *pStreamIn, CEditBuffer *pBuffer)
: CEditSubDocElement(pStreamIn, pBuffer),
m_backgroundColor(),
m_iBackgroundSaveIndex(0),
m_pBackgroundImage(0),
m_iWidth(1),
m_iWidthPixels(1),
m_iHeight(1),
m_iHeightPixels(1),
m_bWidthPercent(FALSE),
m_bHeightPercent(FALSE),
m_iColSpan(1),
m_iRowSpan(1),
m_iRow(0),
m_X(0),
m_Y(0),
m_pSaveParent(0),
m_pSaveNext(0),
m_bSaveWidthPercent(FALSE),
m_bSaveHeightPercent(FALSE),
m_bSaveWidthDefined(FALSE),
m_bSaveHeightDefined(FALSE),
m_bSelected(FALSE),
m_bSpecialSelected(FALSE),
m_bDeleted(FALSE)
{
// We need this so we can accurately determine number
// of columns in stream
m_X = pStreamIn->ReadInt();
// Get width from stream -- needed for pasting tables/cells
// We must get CSID from buffer since element is not in doc yet
//TODO: Should we pass in CSID from paste stream instead?
PA_Tag* pTag = CEditElement::TagOpen(0);
EDT_TableCellData *pData = ParseParams( pTag, pBuffer->GetRAMCharSetID() );
if(pData)
{
m_bWidthDefined = pData->bWidthDefined;
m_bHeightDefined = pData->bHeightDefined;
// Save these since they are not saved in tag data if bWidthPercent = FALSE
m_iWidth = pData->iWidth;
m_bWidthPercent = pData->bWidthPercent;
if( !m_bWidthPercent )
m_iWidthPixels = m_iWidth;
m_iHeight = pData->iHeight;
m_bHeightPercent = pData->bHeightPercent;
if( !m_bHeightPercent )
m_iHeightPixels = m_iHeight;
EDT_FreeTableCellData(pData);
}
PA_FreeTag( pTag );
}
// We should never call Unlink for a table cell we are about
// to delete - it will get unlinked automatically.
// But in case someone does, we must unselect the cell here
// else it will fail to find the EditBuffer in the destructor
void CEditTableCellElement::Unlink(){
if( IsSelected() && GetEditBuffer() )
GetEditBuffer()->SelectCell(FALSE, NULL, this);
CEditElement::Unlink();
}
CEditTableCellElement::~CEditTableCellElement(){
// Be sure any cell deleted is not selected
if( IsSelected() && GetEditBuffer() )
GetEditBuffer()->SelectCell(FALSE, NULL, this);
delete m_pBackgroundImage;
}
XP_Bool CEditTableCellElement::IsTableCell(){
return TRUE;
}
EEditElementType CEditTableCellElement::GetElementType(){
return eTableCellElement;
}
ED_Alignment CEditTableCellElement::GetDefaultAlignment(){
return ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT;
}
XP_Bool CEditTableCellElement::IsTableData(){
return GetType() == P_TABLE_DATA;
}
void CEditTableCellElement::IncreaseColSpan(int32 iIncrease)
{
EDT_TableCellData *pData = GetData();
if( pData )
{
pData->iColSpan += iIncrease;
SetData(pData);
EDT_FreeTableCellData(pData);
}
}
void CEditTableCellElement::IncreaseRowSpan(int32 iIncrease)
{
EDT_TableCellData *pData = GetData();
if( pData )
{
pData->iRowSpan += iIncrease;
SetData(pData);
EDT_FreeTableCellData(pData);
}
}
void CEditTableCellElement::DecreaseColSpan(int32 iDecrease)
{
EDT_TableCellData *pData = GetData();
if( pData )
{
pData->iColSpan = max(1, pData->iColSpan - iDecrease);
SetData(pData);
EDT_FreeTableCellData(pData);
}
}
void CEditTableCellElement::DecreaseRowSpan(int32 iDecrease)
{
EDT_TableCellData *pData = GetData();
if( pData )
{
pData->iRowSpan = max(1, pData->iRowSpan - iDecrease);
SetData(pData);
EDT_FreeTableCellData(pData);
}
}
// Save size percent and defined params so we can much with them during resizing,
// and restore them later. Supply bWidthDefined and bHeightDefined
// for efficiency so we don't have to do GetData() here
void CEditTableCellElement::SaveSizeMode(XP_Bool bWidthDefined, XP_Bool bHeightDefined)
{
m_bSaveWidthPercent = m_bWidthPercent;
m_bSaveHeightPercent = m_bWidthPercent;
m_bSaveWidthDefined = bWidthDefined;
m_bSaveHeightDefined = bHeightDefined;
}
// This will restore saved width and height percent modes,
// readjust m_bWidth an m_bHeight, and call SetData to set tag data
// Note: no need to relayout -- we are just changing modes,
// not actual size of cell
void CEditTableCellElement::RestoreSizeMode(int32 iParentWidth, int32 iParentHeight)
{
EDT_TableCellData *pData = GetData();
if( iParentWidth == 0 )
iParentWidth = GetParentWidth();
if( iParentHeight == 0 )
iParentHeight = GetParentHeight();
if( pData )
{
if( m_bSaveWidthPercent )
{
// Convert existing Pixel value to % of parent size
pData->iWidth = (m_iWidthPixels * 100) / iParentWidth;
pData->iHeight = (m_iHeightPixels * 100) / iParentHeight;
} else {
// Converting to pixels is simple - just use the pixel value we already have
pData->iWidth = m_iWidthPixels;
pData->iHeight = m_iHeightPixels;
}
pData->bWidthDefined = m_bSaveWidthDefined;
pData->bHeightDefined = m_bSaveHeightDefined;
pData->bWidthPercent = m_bSaveWidthPercent;
pData->bHeightPercent = m_bSaveHeightPercent;
SetData(pData);
EDT_FreeTableCellData(pData);
}
}
// Calculate the Percent size from the iWidthPixels and iHeightPixels in pData
void CEditTableCellElement::CalcPercentWidth(EDT_TableCellData *pData)
{
if( pData && pData->bWidthDefined )
{
if( pData->bWidthPercent )
pData->iWidth = (pData->iWidthPixels * 100) / GetParentWidth();
else
pData->iWidth = pData->iWidthPixels;
}
}
void CEditTableCellElement::CalcPercentHeight(EDT_TableCellData *pData)
{
if( pData && pData->bHeightDefined )
{
if( pData->bHeightPercent )
pData->iHeight = (pData->iHeightPixels * 100) / GetParentHeight();
else
pData->iHeight = pData->iHeightPixels;
}
}
// Calculate the Pixel size from the iWidth and iHeight in pData
void CEditTableCellElement::CalcPixelWidth(EDT_TableCellData *pData)
{
if( pData && pData->bWidthDefined )
{
if( pData->bWidthPercent )
pData->iWidthPixels = (pData->iWidth * GetParentWidth()) / 100;
else
pData->iWidthPixels = pData->iWidth;
}
}
void CEditTableCellElement::CalcPixelHeight(EDT_TableCellData *pData)
{
if( pData && pData->bHeightDefined )
{
if( pData->bHeightPercent )
pData->iHeightPixels = (pData->iHeight * GetParentHeight()) / 100;
else
pData->iHeightPixels = pData->iHeight;
}
}
void CEditTableCellElement::SetSizeData(EDT_TableCellData * pData)
{
EDT_TableCellData * pCurrentData = GetData(0);
if( pData && pCurrentData )
{
pCurrentData->X = pData->X;
pCurrentData->Y = pData->Y;
pCurrentData->iRow = pData->iRow;
pCurrentData->bWidthDefined = pData->bWidthDefined;
pCurrentData->bWidthPercent = pData->bWidthPercent;
pCurrentData->iWidthPixels = pData->iWidthPixels;
CalcPercentWidth(pCurrentData);
pCurrentData->bHeightDefined = pData->bHeightDefined;
pCurrentData->bHeightPercent = pData->bHeightPercent;
pCurrentData->iHeightPixels = pData->iHeightPixels;
CalcPercentHeight(pCurrentData);
SetData(pCurrentData);
EDT_FreeTableCellData(pCurrentData);
}
}
void CEditTableCellElement::SetWidth(XP_Bool bWidthDefined, XP_Bool bWidthPercent, int32 iWidthPixels)
{
EDT_TableCellData * pData = GetData(0);
if( pData )
{
pData->bWidthDefined = bWidthDefined;
pData->bWidthPercent = bWidthPercent;
pData->iWidthPixels = iWidthPixels;
CalcPercentWidth(pData);
SetData(pData);
EDT_FreeTableCellData(pData);
}
}
void CEditTableCellElement::SetHeight(XP_Bool bHeightDefined, XP_Bool bHeightPercent, int32 iHeightPixels)
{
EDT_TableCellData * pData = GetData(0);
if( pData )
{
pData->bHeightDefined = bHeightDefined;
pData->bHeightPercent = bHeightPercent;
pData->iHeightPixels = iHeightPixels;
CalcPercentHeight(pData);
SetData(pData);
EDT_FreeTableCellData(pData);
}
}
// Set width of supplied cell and all other cells sharing or spanning the same right edge
// Also sets the bWidthDefined and bWidthPercent modes
void CEditTableCellElement::SetColumnWidthRight(CEditTableElement *pTable, LO_Element *pLoCell, EDT_TableCellData *pData)
{
if( !pTable || !pLoCell || !pData || pData->iWidthPixels <= 0 )
return;
// Get LoTable to start scanning through cells
LO_Element *pLoElement = (LO_Element*)lo_GetParentTable(NULL, pLoCell);
if( !pLoElement )
return;
// Amount of change in supplied cell
int32 iDeltaWidth = pData->iWidthPixels - pLoCell->lo_any.width;
int32 iRightEdge = pLoCell->lo_cell.x + pLoCell->lo_cell.width;
// Set the width for all cells sharing or spanning the right edge of cell resized
while (pLoElement && pLoElement->type != LO_LINEFEED )
{
if( pLoElement->type == LO_CELL &&
pLoElement->lo_cell.x < iRightEdge &&
(pLoElement->lo_cell.x + pLoElement->lo_cell.width) >= iRightEdge )
{
CEditTableCellElement *pEdCell =
(CEditTableCellElement*)edt_GetTableElementFromLO_Element( pLoElement, LO_CELL );
if( pEdCell )
{
pLoElement->lo_cell.width = max(1, pLoElement->lo_cell.width + iDeltaWidth);
// Compensate for cell padding, border, and COLSPAN to get
// the value to use for WIDTH tag param
pEdCell->SetWidth( pData->bWidthDefined, pData->bWidthPercent,
lo_GetCellTagWidth(pLoElement) );
}
}
pLoElement = pLoElement->lo_any.next;
}
EDT_TableData *pTableData = pTable->GetData();
if( pTableData )
{
if( pTableData->bWidthDefined )
{
// Force pixel mode and adjust the width of parent table
// If we don't, a table width in Percent mode will fight column size change
pTableData->iWidthPixels = max(1,pTableData->iWidthPixels + iDeltaWidth);
pTableData->bWidthPercent = FALSE;
pTableData->iWidth = pTableData->iWidthPixels;
pTable->SetData(pTableData);
}
EDT_FreeTableData(pTableData);
}
}
// Set height of all cells sharing or spanning the bottom edge
// Also sets the bWidthDefined and bWidthPercent modes
void CEditTableCellElement::SetRowHeightBottom(CEditTableElement *pTable, LO_Element *pLoCell, EDT_TableCellData *pData)
{
if( !pTable || !pLoCell || !pData || pData->iHeightPixels <= 0 )
return;
// Get LoTable to start scanning through cells
LO_Element *pLoElement = (LO_Element*)lo_GetParentTable(NULL, pLoCell);
if( !pLoElement )
return;
// Amount of change in supplied cell - use this for all cells we will resize
int32 iDeltaHeight = pData->iHeightPixels - pLoCell->lo_any.height;
int32 iBottomEdge = pLoCell->lo_cell.y + pLoCell->lo_cell.height;
// Set the height for all cells sharing or spanning the right edge of cell resized
while (pLoElement && pLoElement->type != LO_LINEFEED )
{
if( pLoElement->type == LO_CELL &&
pLoElement->lo_cell.y < iBottomEdge &&
(pLoElement->lo_cell.y + pLoElement->lo_cell.height) >= iBottomEdge )
{
CEditTableCellElement *pEdCell =
(CEditTableCellElement*)edt_GetTableElementFromLO_Element( pLoElement, LO_CELL );
if( pEdCell )
{
pLoElement->lo_cell.height = max(1, pLoElement->lo_cell.height + iDeltaHeight);
pEdCell->SetHeight( pData->bHeightDefined, pData->bHeightPercent,
lo_GetCellTagHeight(pLoElement) );
}
}
pLoElement = pLoElement->lo_any.next;
}
}
// Set width of supplied cell and all other cells sharing or spanning the same left edge
// Also sets the bWidthDefined and bWidthPercent modes
void CEditTableCellElement::SetColumnWidthLeft(CEditTableElement *pTable, CEditTableCellElement *pCell, EDT_TableCellData *pData)
{
if( !pTable || !pCell || !pData || pData->iWidthPixels <= 0 )
return;
// Amount of change in supplied cell
int32 iDeltaWidth = pData->iWidthPixels - pCell->GetWidth();
// TRUE means we include cells that span over cell's left edge,
// not just start at that value.
pCell = pCell->GetFirstCellInColumn(pCell->GetX(), TRUE);
while( pCell )
{
// Set width - be sure it is at least 1
pCell->SetWidth( pData->bWidthDefined, pData->bWidthPercent,
max(1, pCell->GetWidth() + iDeltaWidth) );
pCell = pCell->GetNextCellInColumn();
}
}
// Set height of all cells sharing or spanning the top edge
// Also sets the bWidthDefined and bWidthPercent modes
void CEditTableCellElement::SetRowHeightTop(CEditTableElement *pTable, CEditTableCellElement *pCell, EDT_TableCellData *pData)
{
if( !pTable || !pCell || !pData || pData->iHeightPixels <= 0 )
return;
// Amount of change in supplied cell - use this for all cells we will resize
int32 iDeltaHeight = pData->iHeightPixels - pCell->GetHeight();
// TRUE means we include cells that span over current cell's Y,
// not just start at Y
pCell = pCell->GetFirstCellInRow(pCell->GetY(), TRUE);
while( pCell )
{
// Set height - be sure it is at least 1
pCell->SetHeight( pData->bHeightDefined, pData->bHeightPercent,
max(1, pCell->GetHeight() + iDeltaHeight) );
pCell = pCell->GetNextCellInRow();
}
}
void CEditTableCellElement::StreamOut(IStreamOut *pOut){
CEditElement::StreamOut( pOut );
// We write our X so we can accurately determine
// the number of columns when streaming in (pasting)
pOut->WriteInt( m_X );
}
void CEditTableCellElement::SetData( EDT_TableCellData *pData ){
// bHeader is actually stored as the tag data
if ( pData->bHeader ) {
SetType(P_TABLE_HEADER);
}
else {
SetType(P_TABLE_DATA);
}
//TODO: Account for interaction between default align and Header style
char *pNew = 0;
if( pData->align != ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "ALIGN=%s ", EDT_AlignString(pData->align) );
}
if( pData->valign != ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "VALIGN=%s ", EDT_AlignString(pData->valign) );
}
if ( pData->iColSpan != 1 ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "COLSPAN=\"%d\" ", pData->iColSpan );
}
if ( pData->iRowSpan != 1 ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "ROWSPAN=\"%d\" ", pData->iRowSpan );
}
if ( pData->bNoWrap ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "NOWRAP " );
}
if( pData->bWidthDefined ){
if( pData->bWidthPercent ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "WIDTH=\"%ld%%\" ",
(long)min(100,max(1,pData->iWidth)) );
}
else {
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "WIDTH=\"%ld\" ", (long)pData->iWidth );
}
}
if( pData->bHeightDefined ){
if( pData->bHeightPercent ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "HEIGHT=\"%ld%%\" ",
(long)min(100,max(1, pData->iHeight)) );
}
else {
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "HEIGHT=\"%ld\" ", (long)pData->iHeight );
}
}
if ( pData->pColorBackground ) {
SetBackgroundColor(EDT_LO_COLOR(pData->pColorBackground));
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "BGCOLOR=\"#%06lX\" ", GetBackgroundColor().GetAsLong() );
}
else {
SetBackgroundColor(ED_Color::GetUndefined());
}
if ( pData->pBackgroundImage ) {
SetBackgroundImage(pData->pBackgroundImage);
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "BACKGROUND=\"%s\" ", pData->pBackgroundImage );
}
else {
SetBackgroundImage(0);
}
if ( pData->bBackgroundNoSave) {
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "NOSAVE " );
}
if( pData->pExtra ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "%s ", pData->pExtra );
}
if( pNew ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, ">" );
}
SetTagData( pNew );
if ( pNew ) {
free(pNew);
}
// Save these since they are not saved in tag data if bWidthPercent = FALSE
m_X = pData->X;
m_Y = pData->Y;
m_bWidthDefined = pData->bWidthDefined;
m_bHeightDefined = pData->bHeightDefined;
m_iWidthPixels = pData->iWidthPixels;
m_iHeightPixels = pData->iHeightPixels;
m_iWidth = pData->iWidth;
m_bWidthPercent = pData->bWidthPercent;
m_iHeight = pData->iHeight;
m_bHeightPercent = pData->bHeightPercent;
m_iRow = pData->iRow;
m_iColSpan = pData->iColSpan;
m_iRowSpan = pData->iRowSpan;
}
// Since Getting/Setting data is costly (lots of string manipulation)
// use this when efficiency is important and you need just size data
// For even more efficiency, supply the TableCellData to avoid
// alloc/delete for large number of cells
EDT_TableCellData *CEditTableCellElement::GetSizeData(EDT_TableCellData *pData)
{
if( pData == NULL )
{
pData = XP_NEW( EDT_TableCellData );
if( pData )
XP_MEMSET( pData, 0, sizeof(EDT_TableCellData));
}
if( pData == 0 )
return NULL;
// Get just our member variables
pData->bWidthDefined = m_bWidthDefined;
pData->bHeightDefined = m_bHeightDefined;
pData->bWidthPercent = m_bWidthPercent;
pData->bHeightPercent = m_bHeightPercent;
pData->iWidth = m_iWidth;
pData->iWidthPixels = m_iWidthPixels;
pData->iHeight = m_iHeight;
pData->iHeightPixels = m_iHeightPixels;
pData->X = m_X;
pData->Y = m_Y;
pData->iRow = m_iRow;
return pData;
}
EDT_TableCellData* CEditTableCellElement::GetData( int16 csid )
{
//TODO: Account for interaction between default align and Header style
EDT_TableCellData *pRet;
PA_Tag* pTag = TagOpen(0);
// Must supply csid if cell is not already in the document
if( csid == 0 )
csid = GetWinCSID();
// Get params stored in the HTML tag struct
pRet = ParseParams( pTag, csid );
PA_FreeTag( pTag );
// Return the actual X, Y, width, and height
// as determined by table layout algorithm
// This is set correctly event if bWidthDefined = FALSE
pRet->X = m_X;
pRet->Y = m_Y;
pRet->iRow = m_iRow;
pRet->iWidth = m_iWidth;
pRet->iWidthPixels = m_iWidthPixels;
pRet->iHeight = m_iHeight;
pRet->iHeightPixels = m_iHeightPixels;
pRet->iRow = m_iRow;
pRet->iColSpan = m_iColSpan;
pRet->iRowSpan = m_iRowSpan;
pRet->mask = -1;
pRet->iSelectionType = ED_HIT_NONE;
pRet->iSelectedCount = 0;
return pRet;
}
// Include all borders, spacing, and padding up to the next cell
int32 CEditTableCellElement::GetFullWidth(CEditTableElement *pTable)
{
if( !pTable )
pTable = GetParentTable();
if( !pTable )
return 0;
return (m_iWidthPixels + 2*(pTable->GetCellBorder() + pTable->GetCellPadding()) +
m_iColSpan * pTable->GetCellSpacing() );
}
int32 CEditTableCellElement::GetFullHeight(CEditTableElement *pTable)
{
if( !pTable )
pTable = GetParentTable();
if( !pTable )
return 0;
return (m_iHeightPixels + 2*(pTable->GetCellBorder() + pTable->GetCellPadding()) +
m_iRowSpan * pTable->GetCellSpacing() );
}
static XP_Bool edt_CompareLoColors( LO_Color *pLoColor1, LO_Color *pLoColor2 )
{
// One or the other doesn't have color,
// they are different
if( (!pLoColor1 && pLoColor2) ||
(pLoColor1 && !pLoColor2 ) )
{
return FALSE;
}
// Neither has a color - the same
if( !pLoColor1 && !pLoColor2 )
return TRUE;
// Any color is different
if( pLoColor1->red != pLoColor2->red ||
pLoColor1->green != pLoColor2->green ||
pLoColor1->blue != pLoColor2->blue )
{
return FALSE;
}
// All must be the same
return TRUE;
}
static XP_Bool edt_CompareStrings( char *pString1, char *pString2, XP_Bool bFilenameCompare )
{
// One or the other doesn't exist,
// they are different
if( (!pString1 && pString2) ||
(pString1 && !pString2 ) )
{
return FALSE;
}
// Neither exists - the same
if( !pString1 && !pString2 )
{
return TRUE;
}
// Compare the strings
if( bFilenameCompare )
{
// This compare pays NO attention to case differences for Windows only
return (0 == XP_FILENAMECMP(pString1, pString2));
}
return (0 == XP_STRCMP(pString1, pString2));
}
void CEditTableCellElement::MaskData( EDT_TableCellData *pData )
{
if( !pData )
return;
EDT_TableCellData *pCurrentData = GetData();
// Change data only for attributes whose bit is set in data mask
if( (pData->mask & CF_ALIGN) &&
pCurrentData->align != pData->align )
{
pData->mask &= ~CF_ALIGN;
}
if( (pData->mask & CF_VALIGN) &&
pCurrentData->valign != pData->valign )
{
pData->mask &= ~CF_VALIGN;
}
if( (pData->mask & CF_COLSPAN) &&
pCurrentData->iColSpan != pData->iColSpan )
{
pData->mask &= ~CF_COLSPAN;
}
if( (pData->mask & CF_ROWSPAN) &&
pCurrentData->iRowSpan != pData->iRowSpan )
{
pData->mask &= ~CF_ROWSPAN;
}
if( (pData->mask & CF_HEADER) &&
pCurrentData->bHeader != pData->bHeader )
{
pData->mask &= ~CF_HEADER;
}
if( (pData->mask & CF_NOWRAP) &&
pCurrentData->bNoWrap != pData->bNoWrap )
{
pData->mask &= ~CF_NOWRAP;
}
if( (pData->mask & CF_BACK_NOSAVE) &&
pCurrentData->bBackgroundNoSave != pData->bBackgroundNoSave )
{
pData->mask &= ~CF_BACK_NOSAVE;
}
if( (pData->mask & CF_WIDTH) &&
(pCurrentData->bWidthDefined != pData->bWidthDefined ||
pCurrentData->iWidth != pData->iWidth ||
pCurrentData->bWidthPercent != pData->bWidthPercent) )
{
pData->mask &= ~CF_WIDTH;
}
if( (pData->mask & CF_HEIGHT) &&
(pCurrentData->bHeightDefined != pData->bHeightDefined ||
pCurrentData->iHeight != pData->iHeight ||
pCurrentData->bHeightPercent != pData->bHeightPercent) )
{
pData->mask &= ~CF_HEIGHT;
}
if( (pData->mask & CF_BACK_COLOR) &&
!edt_CompareLoColors(pCurrentData->pColorBackground, pData->pColorBackground) )
{
pData->mask &= ~CF_BACK_COLOR;
}
// This pays NO attention to case differences for Windows only
if( (pData->mask & CF_BACK_IMAGE) &&
!edt_CompareStrings(pCurrentData->pBackgroundImage, pData->pBackgroundImage, TRUE) )
{
pData->mask &= ~CF_BACK_IMAGE;
}
// This pays attention to case differences
if( (pData->mask & CF_EXTRA_HTML) &&
!edt_CompareStrings(pCurrentData->pExtra, pData->pExtra, FALSE) )
{
pData->mask &= ~CF_EXTRA_HTML;
}
}
// Add up widths of all cells in the first row of table
// This is available total width for "Percent of Table" calculation
int32 CEditTableCellElement::GetParentWidth()
{
// Don't return 0 to avoid divide by zero errors
int32 iParentWidth = 1;
CEditTableElement *pTable = GetParentTable();
if( pTable )
{
CEditTableCellElement *pCell = pTable->GetFirstCell();
while( pCell && pCell->IsTableCell() )
{
iParentWidth += pCell->GetWidth(); // TODO: SHOULD WE USE GetFullWidth()???
pCell = (CEditTableCellElement*)(pCell->GetNextSibling());
}
}
return iParentWidth;
}
int32 CEditTableCellElement::GetParentHeight()
{
// Don't return 0 to avoid divide by zero errors
int32 iParentHeight = 1;
CEditTableElement *pTable = GetParentTable();
if( pTable )
{
CEditTableCellElement *pCell = pTable->GetFirstCell();
while( pCell )
{
iParentHeight += pCell->GetHeight();
pCell = pTable->GetNextCellInColumn(pCell);
}
}
return iParentHeight;
}
static char *tableCellParams[] = {
PARAM_ALIGN,
PARAM_VALIGN,
PARAM_COLSPAN,
PARAM_ROWSPAN,
PARAM_NOWRAP,
PARAM_WIDTH,
PARAM_HEIGHT,
PARAM_BGCOLOR,
PARAM_BACKGROUND,
PARAM_NOSAVE,
0
};
EDT_TableCellData* CEditTableCellElement::ParseParams( PA_Tag *pTag, int16 csid ){
EDT_TableCellData *pData = NewData();
ED_Alignment align;
align = edt_FetchParamAlignment( pTag, ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT, FALSE, csid );
if( align == ED_ALIGN_RIGHT || align == ED_ALIGN_LEFT || align == ED_ALIGN_ABSCENTER ){
pData->align = align;
}
align = edt_FetchParamAlignment( pTag, ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT, TRUE, csid );
if( align == ED_ALIGN_ABSTOP || align == ED_ALIGN_ABSBOTTOM || align == ED_ALIGN_ABSCENTER
|| align == ED_ALIGN_BASELINE ){
pData->valign = align;
}
pData->iColSpan = edt_FetchParamInt(pTag, PARAM_COLSPAN, 1, csid);
pData->iRowSpan = edt_FetchParamInt(pTag, PARAM_ROWSPAN, 1, csid);
m_iColSpan = pData->iColSpan;
m_iRowSpan = pData->iRowSpan;
pData->bHeader = GetType() == P_TABLE_HEADER;
pData->bNoWrap = edt_FetchParamBoolExist(pTag, PARAM_NOWRAP, csid );
pData->bWidthDefined = edt_FetchDimension( pTag, PARAM_WIDTH,
&pData->iWidth, &pData->bWidthPercent,
100, TRUE, csid );
pData->bHeightDefined = edt_FetchDimension( pTag, PARAM_HEIGHT,
&pData->iHeight, &pData->bHeightPercent,
100, TRUE, csid );
// This and CEditBuffer::FixupTableData() are the only
// places member variable should be set
// If width and/or height are NOT defined, use the
// "bPercent" values set by any previous SetData() calls
if( pData->bWidthDefined )
m_iWidth = pData->iWidth;
else
pData->bWidthPercent = m_bWidthPercent;
if( pData->bHeightDefined )
m_iHeight = pData->iHeight;
else
pData->bHeightPercent = m_bHeightPercent;
pData->pColorBackground = edt_MakeLoColor(edt_FetchParamColor( pTag, PARAM_BGCOLOR, csid ));
pData->pBackgroundImage = edt_FetchParamString( pTag, PARAM_BACKGROUND, csid );
pData->bBackgroundNoSave = edt_FetchParamBoolExist( pTag, PARAM_NOSAVE, csid );
pData->pExtra = edt_FetchParamExtras( pTag, tableCellParams, csid );
return pData;
}
EDT_TableCellData* CEditTableCellElement::NewData(){
EDT_TableCellData *pData = XP_NEW( EDT_TableCellData );
if( pData == 0 ){
// throw();
return pData;
}
pData->align = ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT;
pData->valign = ED_ALIGN_ABSTOP; //ED_ALIGN_TOP; // was ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT; this is centerred - stupid!
pData->iColSpan = 1;
pData->iRowSpan = 1;
pData->bHeader = FALSE;
pData->bNoWrap = FALSE;
pData->bWidthDefined = FALSE;
pData->bWidthPercent = FALSE;
pData->iWidth = 1;
pData->iWidthPixels = 1;
pData->iRow = 0;
pData->iHeight = 1;
pData->iHeightPixels = 1;
pData->bHeightDefined = FALSE;
pData->bHeightPercent = FALSE;
pData->pColorBackground = 0;
pData->pBackgroundImage = 0;
pData->bBackgroundNoSave = FALSE;
pData->pExtra = 0;
pData->mask = -1;
pData->iSelectionType = ED_HIT_NONE;
pData->iSelectedCount = 0;
pData->X = 0;
pData->Y = 0;
return pData;
}
void CEditTableCellElement::FreeData( EDT_TableCellData *pData ){
if( pData->pColorBackground ) XP_FREE( pData->pColorBackground );
if( pData->pBackgroundImage ) XP_FREE( pData->pBackgroundImage );
if( pData->pExtra ) XP_FREE( pData->pExtra );
XP_FREE( pData );
}
void CEditTableCellElement::SetBackgroundColor( ED_Color iColor ){
m_backgroundColor = iColor;
}
ED_Color CEditTableCellElement::GetBackgroundColor(){
return m_backgroundColor;
}
void CEditTableCellElement::SetBackgroundImage( char* pImage ){
delete m_pBackgroundImage;
m_pBackgroundImage = 0;
if ( pImage ) {
m_pBackgroundImage = XP_STRDUP(pImage);
}
}
char* CEditTableCellElement::GetBackgroundImage(){
return m_pBackgroundImage;
}
LO_CellStruct* CEditTableCellElement::GetLoCell()
{
// Find the first leaf element in the cell since
// it will have pointer to LO_Element
CEditElement *pLeaf = FindNextElement(&CEditElement::FindLeafAll,0 );
if( pLeaf )
{
// Only leaf edit elements have their pointers saved in LO_Elements
LO_Element *pLoElement = pLeaf->Leaf()->GetLayoutElement();
if( pLoElement )
{
// Find enclosing LO cell
LO_CellStruct *pLoCell = lo_GetParentCell(GetEditBuffer()->m_pContext, pLoElement);
// We shoul ALWAYS find a cell
XP_ASSERT(pLoCell);
return pLoCell;
}
}
return NULL;
}
CEditTableCellElement* CEditTableCellElement::GetPreviousCellInTable(intn *pRowCounter)
{
// Simplest case is previous cell in the row
CEditElement *pPreviousCell = GetPreviousSibling();
if( !pPreviousCell )
{
// Get the last child cell of the previous row
if( GetParent() && GetParent()->GetPreviousSibling() )
pPreviousCell = GetParent()->GetPreviousSibling()->GetLastChild();
#ifdef DEBUG
if( pPreviousCell ) XP_ASSERT(pPreviousCell->IsTableCell());
#endif
// Tell caller we wrapped to the previous row
if( pRowCounter && pPreviousCell )
(*pRowCounter)--;
}
return (CEditTableCellElement*)pPreviousCell;
}
CEditTableCellElement* CEditTableCellElement::GetNextCellInTable(intn *pRowCounter)
{
// Simplest case is next cell in the row
CEditElement *pNextCell = GetNextSibling();
if( !pNextCell )
{
// Get the first child cell of the next row
if( GetParent() && GetParent()->GetNextSibling() )
pNextCell = GetParent()->GetNextSibling()->GetChild();
// If the next child is not a cell,
// we hit a table caption at the end of the table
// (its the sibling after the last row in the table)
// so there's no more cells
if( pNextCell && !pNextCell->IsTableCell() )
return 0;
// Tell caller we wrapped to the next row
if( pRowCounter && pNextCell )
(*pRowCounter)++;
}
return (CEditTableCellElement*)pNextCell;
}
CEditTableCellElement* CEditTableCellElement::GetNextCellInLogicalRow()
{
CEditElement *pNextCell = GetNextSibling();
if( pNextCell && pNextCell->IsTableCell() )
return pNextCell->TableCell();
return NULL;
}
CEditTableCellElement* CEditTableCellElement::GetFirstCellInRow(int32 Y, XP_Bool bSpan)
{
// No Y supplied - just get it from the cell
if( Y == -1 )
Y = GetY();
CEditTableElement *pTable = GetParentTable();
if( pTable )
return pTable->GetFirstCellInRow(Y, bSpan);
return NULL;
}
CEditTableCellElement* CEditTableCellElement::GetFirstCellInColumn(int32 X, XP_Bool bSpan)
{
// No X supplied - just get it from the cell
if( X == -1 )
X = GetX();
CEditTableElement *pTable = GetParentTable();
if( pTable )
return pTable->GetFirstCellInColumn(X, bSpan);
return NULL;
}
CEditTableCellElement* CEditTableCellElement::GetNextCellInRow(CEditTableCellElement *pCell)
{
CEditTableElement *pTable = GetParentTable();
if( pTable )
return pTable->GetNextCellInRow(pCell);
return NULL;
}
CEditTableCellElement* CEditTableCellElement::GetNextCellInColumn(CEditTableCellElement *pCell)
{
CEditTableElement *pTable = GetParentTable();
if( pTable )
return pTable->GetNextCellInColumn(pCell);
return NULL;
}
XP_Bool CEditTableCellElement::AllCellsInColumnAreSelected()
{
CEditTableCellElement *pCell = GetFirstCellInColumn();
if( !pCell ) // Unlikely
{
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
return FALSE;
}
while( pCell )
{
if( !pCell->IsSelected() )
return FALSE;
pCell = GetNextCellInColumn();
}
return TRUE;
}
XP_Bool CEditTableCellElement::AllCellsInRowAreSelected()
{
CEditTableCellElement *pCell = GetFirstCellInRow();
if( !pCell ) // Unlikely
{
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
return FALSE;
}
while( pCell )
{
if( !pCell->IsSelected() )
return FALSE;
pCell = GetNextCellInRow();
}
return TRUE;
}
XP_Bool CEditTableCellElement::IsEmpty()
{
CEditElement *pElement = GetFirstMostChild();
// Should never happen, but if it does,
// I guess we can consider it empty!
if( !pElement )
return TRUE;
// We are empty if no more sibling containers
// and cell only has an empty string or
// a single space in the string (used to force showing borders in browser)
if( GetChild()->GetNextSibling() == 0 &&
pElement->IsText() && pElement->GetNextSibling() == 0 )
{
char *pText = pElement->Text()->GetText();
// We should NEVER be missing text
if( !pText )
return TRUE;
int iLen = XP_STRLEN(pText);
if( iLen == 0 || (iLen == 1 && pText[0] == ' ') )
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
void CEditTableCellElement::SplitCell()
{
CEditBuffer *pBuffer = GetEditBuffer();
if( pBuffer == NULL || (m_iColSpan == 0 && m_iRowSpan == 0) )
return;
pBuffer->SetFillNewCellWithSpace();
CEditTableCellElement *pNewCell;
int32 iNewRows = m_iRowSpan - 1;
int32 iNewCells = m_iColSpan - 1;
intn iNextRow = m_iRow + 1;
CEditTableRowElement *pCurrentRow = (CEditTableRowElement*)GetParent();
XP_ASSERT(pCurrentRow && pCurrentRow->IsTableRow());
CEditTableRowElement *pRow = pCurrentRow;
// Copy current cell's color and background image to all new cells
EDT_TableCellData *pData = GetData();
EDT_TableCellData *pNewData = NewData();
XP_ASSERT(pData && pNewData);
if( !pData || !pNewData )
return;
pData->mask = CF_BACK_COLOR | CF_BACK_IMAGE;
edt_CopyTableCellData(pNewData, pData);
// Insert new cells in the current row if needed
for( int i = 0; i < iNewCells; i++ )
{
pNewCell = new CEditTableCellElement;
pNewCell->InsertAfter(this);
pNewCell->FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
// Set background attributes
pNewCell->SetData(pNewData);
}
// Insert new cells in following rows
for( int iRow = 0; iRow < iNewRows; iRow++ )
{
// Get the next existing row
if( pRow )
pRow = (CEditTableRowElement*)pRow->GetNextSibling();
if( pRow )
{
// Starting with first cell in row, find the cell
// just after "this" cell's column
CEditTableCellElement *pCell = (CEditTableCellElement*)pRow->GetChild();
while( pCell && pCell->GetX() <= m_X )
pCell = (CEditTableCellElement*)pCell->GetNextSibling();
// Insert new cells before the one we found
for( int i = 0; i < m_iColSpan; i++ )
{
pNewCell = new CEditTableCellElement;
if( pCell )
pNewCell->InsertBefore(pCell);
else
// Row has no cells! (Table is messed up)
pNewCell->InsertAsFirstChild(pRow);
pNewCell->FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
// Set background attributes
pNewCell->SetData(pNewData);
}
}
else
{
// If no row, table is messed up.
// But we can fix it by simply inserting a new row
CEditTableRowElement *pNewRow = new CEditTableRowElement(m_iColSpan);
if( pNewRow == NULL )
break;
pNewRow->InsertAfter(pCurrentRow);
pCurrentRow = pNewRow;
pRow->FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
// Set background attributes in cells created with the row
CEditTableCellElement *pNewRowCell = (CEditTableCellElement*)pRow->GetChild();
while( pNewRowCell )
{
pNewRowCell->SetData(pNewData);
pNewRowCell = (CEditTableCellElement*)pNewRowCell->GetNextSibling();
}
}
}
// Now reset values in current cell
pData->iColSpan = 1;
pData->iRowSpan = 1;
SetData(pData);
EDT_FreeTableCellData(pData);
EDT_FreeTableCellData(pNewData);
pBuffer->ClearFillNewCellWithSpace();
}
// Move all contents of supplied cell into this cell
void CEditTableCellElement::MergeCells(CEditTableCellElement* pCell, int32& iNewRowSpan)
{
if( !pCell || pCell == this )
return;
// Be sure cell is not selected
// We do this in cell's destructor when we delete it below,
// but its contents will be moved so the wrong LO_CellStruct will
// be found if we don't do this now.
GetEditBuffer()->SelectCell(FALSE, NULL, pCell);
// Don't merge cells with only single, empty string as only element
// Just delete the cell to be merged
if( !pCell->IsEmpty() )
{
CEditElement *pLastChild = GetChild();
if(!pLastChild)
return;
// First child container to move
CEditElement *pMoveChild = pCell->GetChild();
if( IsEmpty() )
{
// We are moving into an empty cell,
// so delete the single container
delete pLastChild;
// Make the first element the first
// container we are moving
pMoveChild->SetParent( this );
SetChild(pMoveChild);
// Setup for moving other containers
pLastChild = pMoveChild;
pMoveChild = pMoveChild->GetNextSibling();
} else {
// Insert after last existing child of cell,
// There is often only 1 container under each cell,
// except if there are multiple paragraphs or
// cell contents already merged
while( pLastChild->GetNextSibling() )
pLastChild = pLastChild->GetNextSibling();
}
while(pMoveChild)
{
// Move container by changing appropriate pointers
pLastChild->SetNextSibling( pMoveChild );
pMoveChild->SetParent( this );
pLastChild = pMoveChild;
pMoveChild = pMoveChild->GetNextSibling();
}
// Clear pointer to children just moved
pCell->SetChild(0);
}
CEditElement *pNext = pCell->GetNextSibling();
CEditElement *pPrev = pCell->GetPreviousSibling();
if( pCell->GetNextSibling() == NULL && pCell->GetPreviousSibling() == NULL )
{
// pCell is the only cell in this row, so delete the row
delete pCell->GetParent();
// Because we removed a row, the ROWSPAN is now 1 less
iNewRowSpan--;
}
else
{
delete pCell;
}
}
void CEditTableCellElement::DeleteContents(XP_Bool bMarkAsDeleted)
{
// Get the first conainer in the cell
CEditElement *pChild = GetChild();
// Delete all other containers
while( pChild )
{
CEditElement *pNext = pChild->GetNextSibling();
pChild->Unlink();
delete pChild;
pChild = pNext;
}
// Create a default paragraph container,
// this will set cell as its parent
CEditContainerElement *pContainer = CEditContainerElement::NewDefaultContainer(this, ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT);
// Initialize the cell contents
if( pContainer )
pContainer->FinishedLoad(GetEditBuffer());
// Mark this cell as deleted so CEditBuffer::DeleteSelectedCells()
// can skip over this during multiple deletion passes
if( bMarkAsDeleted )
m_bDeleted = TRUE;
}
// Insert as last child of supplied parent
// but first save current parent and next pointers
void CEditTableCellElement::SwitchLinkage(CEditTableRowElement *pParentRow)
{
// Save current location in tree
m_pSaveParent = GetParent();
m_pSaveNext = GetNextSibling();
#ifdef DEBUG
// This prevents XP_ASSERT when trying to InsertAsLastChild;
SetParent(0);
#endif
// Insert into new row
InsertAsLastChild((CEditElement*)pParentRow);
}
// Switches back to saved parent and next pointers
void CEditTableCellElement::RestoreLinkage()
{
// Important! Can't call our CEditTableCellElement::Unlink()
// because it will remove cell from selection list
// and the main purpose for using this is to
// restore selected cells temporarily moved
// for copying to clipboard
CEditElement::Unlink();
SetParent(m_pSaveParent);
SetNextSibling(m_pSaveNext);
CEditElement *pParent = GetParent();
}
// Platform-specific end-of-line character(s) added to string,
// returning in possibly-reallocated buffer that caller must free
char *edt_AppendEndOfLine(char *pText)
{
//TODO: FIX THIS FOR MAC AND UNIX LINE-END CONVENTIONS
if( pText )
return PR_sprintf_append( pText, "\r\n" );
return NULL;
}
char* CEditTableCellElement::GetText(XP_Bool bJoinParagraphs)
{
char *pCellText = NULL;
CEditElement *pChild = GetChild();
//Prevents adding delimiter before first element
XP_Bool bFirst = TRUE;
while( pChild )
{
if( pChild->IsContainer() )
{
char *pText = pChild->Container()->GetText();
if( pText && *pText )
{
if( !bFirst )
{
if( bJoinParagraphs )
{
// Add 2 spaces between paragraphs instead of CR/LF
// so we can merge all contents in table cell
pCellText = PR_sprintf_append( pCellText, " " );
} else {
pCellText = edt_AppendEndOfLine( pCellText);
}
}
pCellText = PR_sprintf_append(pCellText, pText);
XP_FREE(pText);
bFirst = FALSE;
}
}
pChild = pChild->GetNextSibling();
}
// We must follow the rule that every cell must have
// at least 1 empty text element in it,
// so return an empty string if nothing found
if( !pCellText )
return XP_STRDUP("");
return pCellText;
}
// class CEditLayerElement
CEditLayerElement::CEditLayerElement()
: CEditElement(0, P_META) // P_LAYER, 0)
{
EDT_LayerData* pData = NewData();
// pData->iColumns = columns;
SetData(pData);
FreeData(pData);
}
CEditLayerElement::CEditLayerElement(CEditElement *pParent, PA_Tag *pTag, int16 /*csid*/)
: CEditElement(pParent, P_META) // P_LAYER)
{
if( pTag ){
char *locked_buff;
PA_LOCK(locked_buff, char *, pTag->data );
if( locked_buff ){
SetTagData( locked_buff );
}
PA_UNLOCK(pTag->data);
}
}
CEditLayerElement::CEditLayerElement(IStreamIn *pStreamIn, CEditBuffer *pBuffer)
: CEditElement(pStreamIn, pBuffer)
{
}
void CEditLayerElement::FinishedLoad( CEditBuffer* pBuffer ){
EnsureSelectableSiblings(pBuffer);
CEditElement::FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
}
void CEditLayerElement::SetData( EDT_LayerData *pData ){
char *pNew = 0;
/* if ( pData->iColumns > 1){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "COLS=%d ", pData->iColumns );
} */
if( pData->pExtra ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "%s ", pData->pExtra );
}
if( pNew ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, ">" );
}
SetTagData( pNew );
if ( pNew ) {
free(pNew);
}
}
EDT_LayerData* CEditLayerElement::GetData( ){
EDT_LayerData *pRet;
PA_Tag* pTag = TagOpen(0);
pRet = ParseParams( pTag, GetWinCSID() );
PA_FreeTag( pTag );
return pRet;
}
static char *LayerParams[] = {
// PARAM_COLS,
0
};
EDT_LayerData* CEditLayerElement::ParseParams( PA_Tag *pTag, int16 csid ){
EDT_LayerData *pData = NewData();
// pData->iColumns = edt_FetchParamInt(pTag, PARAM_COLS, 1);
pData->pExtra = edt_FetchParamExtras( pTag, LayerParams, csid );
return pData;
}
EDT_LayerData* CEditLayerElement::NewData(){
EDT_LayerData *pData = XP_NEW( EDT_LayerData );
if( pData == 0 ){
// throw();
return pData;
}
// pData->iColumns = 1;
pData->pExtra = 0;
return pData;
}
void CEditLayerElement::FreeData( EDT_LayerData *pData ){
if( pData->pExtra ) XP_FREE( pData->pExtra );
XP_FREE( pData );
}
void CEditLayerElement::PrintOpen( CPrintState *pPrintState ){
TagType tSave = GetType();
SetType( P_LAYER );
CEditElement::PrintOpen( pPrintState );
SetType( tSave );
}
void CEditLayerElement::PrintEnd( CPrintState *pPrintState ){
TagType tSave = GetType();
SetType( P_LAYER );
CEditElement::PrintEnd( pPrintState );
SetType( tSave );
}
// CEditDivisionElement
CEditDivisionElement::CEditDivisionElement()
: CEditElement(0, P_DIVISION, 0)
{
EDT_DivisionData* pData = NewData();
SetData(pData);
FreeData(pData);
}
CEditDivisionElement::CEditDivisionElement(CEditElement *pParent, PA_Tag *pTag, int16 /*csid*/)
: CEditElement(pParent, P_DIVISION)
{
if( pTag ){
char *locked_buff;
PA_LOCK(locked_buff, char *, pTag->data );
if( locked_buff ){
SetTagData( locked_buff );
}
PA_UNLOCK(pTag->data);
}
}
CEditDivisionElement::CEditDivisionElement(IStreamIn *pStreamIn, CEditBuffer *pBuffer)
: CEditElement(pStreamIn, pBuffer)
{
}
XP_Bool CEditDivisionElement::IsDivision() { return TRUE; }
CEditDivisionElement* CEditDivisionElement::Cast(CEditElement* pElement) {
return pElement && pElement->IsDivision() ? (CEditDivisionElement*) pElement : 0; }
EEditElementType CEditDivisionElement::GetElementType() { return eDivisionElement; }
XP_Bool CEditDivisionElement::IsAcceptableChild(CEditElement& pChild){
return ! pChild.IsLeaf();
}
void CEditDivisionElement::SetData( EDT_DivisionData *pData ){
char *pNew = 0;
if( pData->align != ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "ALIGN=%s ", EDT_AlignString(pData->align) );
}
if( pData->pExtra ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "%s ", pData->pExtra );
}
if( pNew ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, ">" );
}
SetTagData( pNew );
if ( pNew ) {
free(pNew);
}
}
EDT_DivisionData* CEditDivisionElement::GetData( ){
EDT_DivisionData *pRet;
PA_Tag* pTag = TagOpen(0);
pRet = ParseParams( pTag, GetWinCSID() );
PA_FreeTag( pTag );
return pRet;
}
ED_Alignment CEditDivisionElement::GetAlignment(){
ED_Alignment result = ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT;
EDT_DivisionData* pData = GetData();
if ( pData ) {
result = pData->align;
FreeData(pData);
}
return result;
}
void CEditDivisionElement::ClearAlignment(){
EDT_DivisionData* pData = GetData();
if ( pData ) {
pData->align = ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT;
SetData(pData);
FreeData(pData);
}
}
XP_Bool CEditDivisionElement::HasData(){
// Does this have data other than the ALIGN tag?
XP_Bool hasData = FALSE;
EDT_DivisionData* pData = GetData();
if ( pData ) {
if ( pData->pExtra || pData->align != ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT ) {
hasData = TRUE;
}
FreeData(pData);
}
return hasData;
}
static char *DivisionParams[] = {
PARAM_ALIGN,
0
};
EDT_DivisionData* CEditDivisionElement::ParseParams( PA_Tag *pTag, int16 csid ){
EDT_DivisionData *pData = NewData();
pData->pExtra = edt_FetchParamExtras( pTag, DivisionParams, csid );
pData->align = edt_FetchParamAlignment( pTag, ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT, FALSE, csid );
return pData;
}
EDT_DivisionData* CEditDivisionElement::NewData(){
EDT_DivisionData *pData = XP_NEW( EDT_DivisionData );
if( pData == 0 ){
// throw();
return pData;
}
pData->align = ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT;
pData->pExtra = 0;
return pData;
}
void CEditDivisionElement::FreeData( EDT_DivisionData *pData ){
if ( pData ) {
XP_FREEIF( pData->pExtra );
XP_FREE( pData );
}
}
void CEditDivisionElement::PrintOpen( CPrintState *pPrintState ){
// Don't print <DIV> tag if it is a no-op.
if ( HasData() ) {
CEditElement::PrintOpen(pPrintState);
}
}
void CEditDivisionElement::PrintEnd( CPrintState *pPrintState ){
// Don't print <DIV> tag if it is a no-op.
if ( HasData() ) {
CEditElement::PrintEnd(pPrintState);
}
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CEditRootDocElement
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
void CEditRootDocElement::PrintOpen( CPrintState *pPrintState ){
m_pBuffer->PrintDocumentHead( pPrintState );
}
void CEditRootDocElement::PrintEnd( CPrintState *pPrintState ){
m_pBuffer->PrintDocumentEnd( pPrintState );
}
void CEditRootDocElement::FinishedLoad( CEditBuffer *pBuffer ){
CEditSubDocElement::FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
if ( ! GetLastChild() || ! GetLastChild()->IsEndContainer() ) {
CEditEndContainerElement* pEndContainer = new CEditEndContainerElement((CEditElement *)NULL);
// Creating the element automaticly inserts it.
(void) new CEditEndElement(pEndContainer);
pEndContainer->InsertAsLastChild(this);
}
}
#ifdef DEBUG
void CEditRootDocElement::ValidateTree(){
CEditElement::ValidateTree();
XP_ASSERT(GetParent() == NULL);
XP_ASSERT(GetChild() != NULL);
XP_ASSERT(GetLastMostChild()->GetElementType() == eEndElement);
}
#endif
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CEditLeafElement
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
XP_Bool CEditLeafElement::PrevPosition(ElementOffset iOffset,
CEditLeafElement*& pNew, ElementOffset& iNewOffset ){
XP_Bool bPreviousElement = FALSE;
XP_Bool bMoved = TRUE;
iNewOffset = iOffset - 1;
pNew = this;
if( iNewOffset == 0 ){
CEditElement *pPrev = PreviousLeafInContainer();
if( pPrev ){
if( pPrev->IsLeaf()){
bPreviousElement = TRUE;
}
}
}
//
// we need to set the position to the end of the previous element.
//
if( iNewOffset < 0 || bPreviousElement ){
CEditLeafElement *pPrev = PreviousLeaf();
if( pPrev ){
if( pPrev->IsLeaf()){
pNew = pPrev;
iNewOffset = pNew->Leaf()->GetLen();
}
}
else{
// no previous element, we are at the beginning of the buffer.
iNewOffset = iOffset;
bMoved = FALSE;
}
}
return bMoved;
}
XP_Bool CEditLeafElement::NextPosition(ElementOffset iOffset,
CEditLeafElement*& pNew, ElementOffset& iNewOffset ){
LO_Element* pRetText;
CEditLeafElement *pNext;
int iRetPos;
XP_Bool retVal = TRUE;
pNew = this;
iNewOffset = iOffset + 1;
//
// if the new offset is obviously greater, move past it. If
// Make sure the layout engine actually layed out the element.
//
if( iNewOffset > Leaf()->GetLen() ||
!Leaf()->GetLOElementAndOffset( iOffset, FALSE, pRetText, iRetPos ))
{
pNext = NextLeaf();
if( pNext ){
pNew = pNext;
if( pNext->PreviousLeafInContainer() == 0 ){
iNewOffset = 0;
}
else {
iNewOffset = 1;
}
}
else {
iNewOffset = iOffset;
retVal = FALSE;
}
}
return retVal;
}
void CEditLeafElement::DisconnectLayoutElements(LO_Element* /*pElement*/){
// The intention of this code was to make sure that live layout elements
// didn't have back-pointers to dead edit elements.
//
// Unfortunately, if an edit element is cut out of the root,
// and then deleted after a relayout,
// the layout element will be stale. And that will cause
// a Free Memory Read. This isn't usually a problem, except
// on NT, where the rolling heap may have already freed the
// heap that had the stale layout element. This happens
// most frequently when large tables are deleted.
//
// This code doesn't seem to be needed for correct operation of
// Composer. That's a good thing, because it can't be
// made to work without a formal set of rules on the
// lifetime of edit elements and layout elements.
#if 0
// Clear back pointer out of the edit elements.
LO_Element* e = pElement;
while ( e && e->lo_any.edit_element == this ){
e->lo_any.edit_element = 0;
while ( e && e->lo_any.edit_element == 0 ){
e = e->lo_any.next;
}
}
#endif
}
void CEditLeafElement::SetLayoutElementHelper( intn desiredType, LO_Element** pElementHolder,
intn iEditOffset, intn lo_type,
LO_Element* pLoElement){
// XP_TRACE(("SetLayoutElementHelper this(0x%08x) iEditOffset(%d) pLoElement(0x%08x)", this, iEditOffset, pLoElement));
if( lo_type == desiredType ){
// iEditOffset is:
// 0 for normal case,
// -1 for end of document element.
// > 0 for text items after a line wrap.
// Don't disconnect layout elements because this is
// called for each layout element of a wrapped text
// edit element. Since DisconnectLayoutElements goes
// ahead and zeros out all the "next" elements with
// the same back pointer, we end up trashing later
// elements if the elements are set in some order
// other than first-to-last. This happens when just the 2nd line of a two-line
// text element is being relaid out.
if ( iEditOffset <= 0 ) {
// Don't reset the old element, because functions like lo_BreakOldElement depend upon the
// old element having a good value.
*pElementHolder = pLoElement;
}
pLoElement->lo_any.edit_element = this;
pLoElement->lo_any.edit_offset = iEditOffset;
}
else {
// We get called back whenever linefeeds are generated. That's so that
// breaks can find their linefeed. But it also means we are
// called back more often than nescessary.
// XP_TRACE((" ignoring inconsistent type.\n"));
}
}
void CEditLeafElement::ResetLayoutElementHelper( LO_Element** pElementHolder, intn iEditOffset,
LO_Element* pLoElement ){
// XP_TRACE(("ResetLayoutElementHelper this(0x%08x) iEditOffset(%d) pLoElement(0x%08x)", this, iEditOffset, pLoElement));
if ( iEditOffset <= 0 ) {
if ( *pElementHolder == pLoElement ){
*pElementHolder = NULL;
}
else {
XP_TRACE((" Woops -- we're currently pointing to 0x%08x\n", *pElementHolder));
}
}
}
CEditElement* CEditLeafElement::Divide(int iOffset){
CEditElement* pNext;
if( iOffset == 0 ){
return this;
}
pNext = LeafInContainerAfter();
if( iOffset >= GetLen() ){
if( pNext != 0 ){
return pNext;
}
else {
CEditTextElement* pPrev;
CEditTextElement* pNew;
if( IsA( P_TEXT )) {
pPrev = this->Text();
}
else {
pPrev = PreviousTextInContainer();
}
if( pPrev ){
pNew = pPrev->CopyEmptyText();
}
else {
pNew = new CEditTextElement((CEditElement*)0,0);
}
pNew->InsertAfter(this);
return pNew;
}
}
// offset is in the middle somewhere Must be a TEXT.
XP_ASSERT( IsA(P_TEXT) );
CEditTextElement* pNew = Text()->CopyEmptyText();
pNew->SetText( Text()->GetText()+iOffset );
Text()->GetText()[iOffset] = 0;
/* update the text block with the new text */
CEditTextElement * pText = Text();
if ( pText->m_pTextBlock != NULL ){
lo_ChangeText ( pText->m_pTextBlock, pText->GetTextWithConvertedSpaces() );
}
pNew->InsertAfter(this);
return pNew;
}
CEditTextElement* CEditLeafElement::CopyEmptyText(CEditElement *pParent){
return new CEditTextElement(pParent,0);
}
CPersistentEditInsertPoint CEditLeafElement::GetPersistentInsertPoint(ElementOffset offset){
ElementIndex len = GetPersistentCount();
if ( offset > len )
{
#ifdef DEBUG_EDIT_LAYOUT
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
#endif
offset = len;
}
return CPersistentEditInsertPoint(GetElementIndex() + offset, offset == 0);
}
XP_Bool CEditLeafElement::IsUnknownHTML(){
return FALSE;
}
XP_Bool CEditLeafElement::IsComment(){
return FALSE;
}
XP_Bool CEditLeafElement::IsComment(char* /*prefix*/){
return FALSE;
}
//
// Default implementation
//
PA_Tag* CEditLeafElement::TagOpen( int /* iEditOffset */ ){
PA_Tag *pTag = XP_NEW( PA_Tag );
XP_BZERO( pTag, sizeof( PA_Tag ) );
if( GetTagData() ){
SetTagData( pTag, GetTagData() );
}
else {
SetTagData( pTag, ">" );
}
return pTag;
}
ElementIndex CEditLeafElement::GetPersistentCount()
{
return GetLen();
}
void CEditLeafElement::GetAll(CEditSelection& selection) {
selection.m_start.m_pElement = this;
selection.m_start.m_iPos = 0;
selection.m_end.m_pElement = this;
selection.m_end.m_iPos = Leaf()->GetLen();
selection.m_bFromStart = FALSE;
}
XP_Bool CEditLeafElement::IsAcceptableChild(CEditElement& /*pChild*/ ) {return FALSE;}
XP_Bool CEditLeafElement::IsContainerContainer() { return FALSE; }
/* Optimized version for leaves. */
XP_Bool CEditLeafElement::IsFirstInContainer(){
CEditContainerElement* pContainer = FindContainer();
if ( ! pContainer ) {
return TRUE;
}
CEditElement* pOther = pContainer->GetChild();
return pOther == this;
}
#ifdef DEBUG
void CEditLeafElement::ValidateTree(){
CEditElement::ValidateTree();
CEditElement *pChild = GetChild();
XP_ASSERT(!pChild); // Must have no children.
// Parent must exist and be a container
CEditElement *pParent = GetParent();
XP_ASSERT(pParent);
XP_ASSERT(pParent->IsContainer());
}
#endif
XP_Bool CEditLeafElement::IsMisspelled() {
return (IsText() && Text()->m_tf & TF_SPELL);
}
void CEditLeafElement::StreamToPositionalText( IStreamOut *pOut, XP_Bool bEnd ){
if( !bEnd ){
XP_ASSERT( GetLen() == 1 );
pOut->Write(" ",1);
}
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CEditContainerElement
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// Static constructor to create default element
//
CEditContainerElement* CEditContainerElement::NewDefaultContainer( CEditElement *pParent,
ED_Alignment align ){
PA_Tag *pTag = XP_NEW( PA_Tag );
XP_BZERO( pTag, sizeof( PA_Tag ) );
#ifdef EDT_DDT
pTag->type = P_NSDT;
#else
pTag->type = P_DESC_TITLE;
#endif
// CSID doesn't matter because there's no data in the pTag, so there's no i18n issues.
CEditContainerElement *pRet = new CEditContainerElement( pParent, pTag, 0, align );
PA_FreeTag( pTag );
return pRet;
}
CEditContainerElement::CEditContainerElement(CEditElement *pParent, PA_Tag *pTag, int16 csid,
ED_Alignment defaultAlign ):
CEditElement(pParent, pTag ? pTag->type : P_PARAGRAPH),
m_defaultAlign( defaultAlign ),
m_align( defaultAlign ),
m_hackPreformat(0),
m_bHasEndTag(FALSE)
{
if( pTag ){
EDT_ContainerData *pData = ParseParams( pTag, csid );
SetData( pData );
FreeData( pData );
}
}
CEditContainerElement::CEditContainerElement(IStreamIn *pStreamIn, CEditBuffer *pBuffer):
CEditElement( pStreamIn, pBuffer )
{
m_defaultAlign = (ED_Alignment) pStreamIn->ReadInt();
m_align = (ED_Alignment) pStreamIn->ReadInt();
m_bHasEndTag = FALSE;
}
void CEditContainerElement::StreamOut( IStreamOut *pOut ){
CEditElement::StreamOut( pOut );
pOut->WriteInt( m_defaultAlign );
pOut->WriteInt( m_align );
}
void CEditContainerElement::StreamInChildren(IStreamIn* pIn, CEditBuffer* pBuffer){
CEditElement::StreamInChildren(pIn, pBuffer);
if ( GetChild() == NULL ){
// I need a dummy child.
// g++ gets issues a spurious warning about the value not being used.
// Creating it automaticly inserts it
(void) new CEditTextElement(this, 0);
}
}
ElementIndex CEditContainerElement::GetPersistentCount(){
// One extra element: the end of the last item in the container.
return CEditElement::GetPersistentCount() + 1;
}
void CEditContainerElement::FinishedLoad( CEditBuffer *pBuffer )
{
if( !pBuffer )
pBuffer = GetEditBuffer();
if( !pBuffer )
{
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
CEditElement::FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
return;
}
XP_Bool bFillNewCellWithSpace = FALSE;
if ( GetType() != P_PREFORMAT )
{
// Don't allow more than one space before non-text elements
CEditElement* pNext;
CEditElement* pParent = GetParent();
CEditElement *pChild = GetChild();
// Detect the case of a single container with a single
// text element with just a space in a table cell
// This is OK and is needed to show cell border in browser
XP_Bool bIsTableCellWithOneSpace = FALSE;
if( pParent && pParent->IsTableCell() && GetNextSibling() == NULL )
{
if( !pChild )
// If creating a new cell and preference is set,
// the empty cell should have a space,
// so delete this and a new one will be created below
//bFillNewCellWithSpace = pBuffer ? pBuffer->FillNewCellWithSpace() : FALSE;
bFillNewCellWithSpace = pBuffer->FillNewCellWithSpace();
if( pChild && pChild->IsText() &&
(pChild->GetNextSibling() == NULL ||
pChild->GetNextSibling()->GetType() == P_UNKNOWN) )
{
// We have a single container in a table cell with a single text child
CEditTextElement* pTextChild = pChild->Text();
char* pText = pTextChild->GetText();
bFillNewCellWithSpace = pBuffer->FillNewCellWithSpace();
if( pTextChild->GetLen() == 0 && bFillNewCellWithSpace )
{
delete pChild;
}
else if( pTextChild->GetLen() == 1 && pText[0] == ' ')
{
// We have a single space, so don't do special trimming below
bIsTableCellWithOneSpace = TRUE;
}
}
CEditBuffer *t_buffer;
t_buffer = GetEditBuffer();
if( ! bIsTableCellWithOneSpace && (t_buffer && !t_buffer->m_bNoRelayout))
{
for ( CEditElement* pChild = GetChild();
pChild;
pChild = pNext )
{
pNext = pChild->GetNextSibling();
if ( pChild->IsText() && ! (pNext && pNext->IsText()) )
{
CEditTextElement* pTextChild = pChild->Text();
char* pText = pTextChild->GetText();
int size = pTextChild->GetLen();
XP_Bool trimming = FALSE;
//do not allow 1 byte of space to be a child
if (size == 1 && GetType() == P_NSDT && pText[0] == ' ')
{
trimming = TRUE;
size--;
}
while ( size >0 && pText[size-1] == '\n' ||
(size > 1 && pText[size-1] == ' ' && pText[size-2] == ' ') )
{
// More than one character of white space at the end of
// a text element will get laid out as one character.
trimming = TRUE;
size--;
}
if ( trimming )
{
if (size <= 0 )
{
delete pChild;
}
else
{
char* pCopy = XP_STRDUP(pText);
pCopy[size] = '\0';
pTextChild->SetText(pCopy);
XP_FREE(pCopy);
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
if( GetChild() == NULL )
{
// I need a dummy child -- might be a space for new cell
CEditTextElement* pChild = new CEditTextElement(this, bFillNewCellWithSpace ? " " : 0);
// Creating it automaticly inserts it
pChild->FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
}
//
// if the last element in a paragraph is a <br>, it is ignored by the browser.
// So we should trim it.
// we should do this only once!!!
CEditElement *pChild;
CEditElement* pPrev;
if( (pChild = GetLastChild())!= 0 && pChild->IsBreak())
{
pPrev = pChild->GetPreviousSibling();
if (! (pPrev && pPrev->IsBreak()) )
delete pChild;
}
CEditElement::FinishedLoad(pBuffer);
}
XP_Bool CEditContainerElement::ForcesDoubleSpacedNextLine() {
return BitSet( edt_setContainerHasLineAfter, GetType() );
}
//helper function
//default == left!
PRIVATE XP_Bool CompareAlignments(ED_Alignment x, ED_Alignment y)
{
if (x == y)
return TRUE;
if ( ((x == ED_ALIGN_ABSCENTER) || (x == ED_ALIGN_CENTER))
&& ((y == ED_ALIGN_ABSCENTER) || (y == ED_ALIGN_CENTER)) )
return TRUE;
if ( ((x == ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT) || (x == ED_ALIGN_LEFT))
&& ((y == ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT) || (y == ED_ALIGN_LEFT)) )
return TRUE;
if ( ((x == ED_ALIGN_ABSBOTTOM) || (x == ED_ALIGN_BOTTOM))
&& ((y == ED_ALIGN_ABSBOTTOM) || (y == ED_ALIGN_BOTTOM)) )
return TRUE;
if ( ((x == ED_ALIGN_ABSTOP) || (x == ED_ALIGN_TOP))
&& ((y == ED_ALIGN_ABSTOP) || (y == ED_ALIGN_TOP)) )
return TRUE;
return FALSE;
}
void CEditContainerElement::AdjustContainers( CEditBuffer *pBuffer ){
if( GetType() == P_PARAGRAPH
|| (pBuffer->IsComposeWindow()
&& GetType() == P_PREFORMAT
&& m_hackPreformat ) ){
XP_Bool bInsertNewContainer = FALSE;
XP_Bool bIsParagraph = GetType() == P_PARAGRAPH;
//
// Convert to internal paragraph type
//
SetType( P_NSDT );
CEditElement *pPreviousSibling = (CEditElement*) GetPreviousSibling();
CEditContainerElement *pPrev = 0;
CEditContainerElement *pNext = (CEditContainerElement*) GetNextSibling();
//
// Just some paranoia
//
if ( pPreviousSibling && pPreviousSibling->IsContainer() )
pPrev = (CEditContainerElement*) pPreviousSibling;
if (!pNext)
bInsertNewContainer = TRUE;
else if (pNext->IsContainer())
{
//
// If the alignments of this container and the next one
// don't match, add a blank container after this container.
//
// - Or -
//
// If this paragraph has an end tag, and the next container
// is an NSDT, add a blank container after this paragraph.
//
// This will allow us to handle cases like:
//
// <P></P><BR>
// <P></P>text
// <P></P><IMG>
//
if (!CompareAlignments(GetAlignment(), pNext->GetAlignment()) ||
(bIsParagraph && m_bHasEndTag && pNext->GetType() == P_NSDT))
bInsertNewContainer = TRUE;
}
else if (bIsParagraph &&
((!IsListContainer(pNext->GetType()) && !pNext->IsTable()) ||
(m_bHasEndTag && pNext->IsTable())))
{
//
// Dont' add a blank container between a paragraph and
// a list ... layout does that for us for free.
//
// If the paragraph is followed by a table, add a blank
// container only if the paragraph has a </P> tag.
//
bInsertNewContainer = TRUE;
}
if ( bInsertNewContainer ){
CEditContainerElement *pNew;
pNew = CEditContainerElement::NewDefaultContainer( 0,
GetAlignment() );
// g++ thinks the following value is not used, but it's mistaken.
// The constructor auto-inserts the element into the tree.
(void) new CEditBreakElement(pNew, 0);
pNew->InsertAfter( this );
}
//
// If there is a previous container, append an empty single spaced
// paragraph before this one. also append an empty single spaced paragraph if it was a table.
//
if ((pPreviousSibling && pPreviousSibling->GetType() == P_TABLE) ||
(pPreviousSibling && pPreviousSibling->GetType() == P_DIVISION) ||
( pPrev && !pPrev->ForcesDoubleSpacedNextLine()) )
{
CEditContainerElement *pNew;
pNew = CEditContainerElement::NewDefaultContainer( 0,
GetAlignment() );
// g++ thinks the following value is not used, but it's mistaken.
// The constructor auto-inserts the element into the tree.
(void) new CEditTextElement(pNew, 0);
pNew->InsertBefore( this );
}
}
if( BitSet( edt_setContainerBreakConvert, GetType() )) {
// Find any breaks in this paragraph and convert them into paragraphs
CEditLeafElement *pChild = (CEditLeafElement*) GetChild();
CEditLeafElement *pPrev = 0;
while( pChild ){
CEditLeafElement *pNext = pChild->LeafInContainerAfter();
if( pChild->IsBreak()
#ifdef USE_SCRIPT
&& !(pPrev && pPrev->IsText() &&
(pPrev->Text()->m_tf & (TF_SCRIPT|TF_STYLE|TF_SERVER)) != 0
)
&& !(pNext && pNext->IsText() &&
(pNext->Text()->m_tf & (TF_SCRIPT|TF_STYLE|TF_SERVER)) != 0
)
#endif
){
//
// If the first thing in the paragraph is a break,
// make the paragraph contain empty text
//
if( pChild->PreviousLeafInContainer() == 0 ){
CEditTextElement *pNewText = new CEditTextElement((CEditElement*)0, 0);
pNewText->InsertBefore( pChild );
}
// Break the chain of children So unlink doesn't try and
// merge the chain
pChild->SetNextSibling(0);
// Remove the break.
pChild->Unlink();
delete pChild;
pChild = 0;
// reparent the children.
if( pNext ){
//
// Create a new container
//
CEditContainerElement *pNew;
pNew = CEditContainerElement::NewDefaultContainer( 0,
GetAlignment() );
pNew->InsertAfter(this);
pNew->SetChild(pNext);
while( pNext ){
pNext->SetParent( pNew );
pNext = (CEditLeafElement*)pNext->GetNextSibling();
}
}
}
pPrev = pChild;
pChild = pNext;
}
}
CEditElement::AdjustContainers(pBuffer);
}
PA_Tag* CEditContainerElement::TagOpen( int iEditOffset )
{
PA_Tag *pRet = 0;
PA_Tag* pTag;
// create the DIV tag if we need to.
if( m_align == ED_ALIGN_LEFT || m_align == ED_ALIGN_ABSCENTER || m_align == ED_ALIGN_RIGHT )
{
pTag = XP_NEW( PA_Tag );
XP_BZERO( pTag, sizeof( PA_Tag ) );
// Explicitely create LEFT <DIV> element if not ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT
if( m_align== ED_ALIGN_LEFT )
{
SetTagData( pTag, "ALIGN=left>");
pTag->type = P_DIVISION;
}
else if( m_align== ED_ALIGN_RIGHT )
{
SetTagData( pTag, "ALIGN=right>");
pTag->type = P_DIVISION;
}
else
{
SetTagData( pTag, ">");
pTag->type = P_CENTER;
}
pRet = pTag;
}
// create the actual paragraph tag
if( GetTagData() )
{
pTag = XP_NEW( PA_Tag );
XP_BZERO( pTag, sizeof( PA_Tag ) );
SetTagData( pTag, GetTagData() );
}
else
{
pTag = CEditElement::TagOpen( iEditOffset );
}
// link the tags together.
if( pRet == 0 )
pRet = pTag;
else
pRet->next = pTag;
return pRet;
}
PA_Tag* CEditContainerElement::TagEnd( )
{
PA_Tag *pRet = CEditElement::TagEnd();
if( m_align == ED_ALIGN_LEFT || m_align == ED_ALIGN_ABSCENTER || m_align == ED_ALIGN_RIGHT )
{
PA_Tag* pTag = XP_NEW( PA_Tag );
XP_BZERO( pTag, sizeof( PA_Tag ) );
pTag->is_end = TRUE;
// Explicitely create LEFT <DIV> element if not ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT
if( m_align== ED_ALIGN_LEFT )
{
pTag->type = P_DIVISION;
}
else if( m_align == ED_ALIGN_RIGHT )
{
pTag->type = P_DIVISION;
}
else {
pTag->type = P_CENTER;
}
if( pRet == 0 )
pRet = pTag;
else
pRet->next = pTag;
}
return pRet;
}
EEditElementType CEditContainerElement::GetElementType()
{
return eContainerElement;
}
XP_Bool CEditContainerElement::IsPlainFirstContainer(){
if ( (GetType() == P_PARAGRAPH || GetType() == P_NSDT)
&& ! HasExtraData()
&& IsFirstContainer() ) {
ED_Alignment alignment = GetAlignment();
ED_Alignment defaultAlignment = GetDefaultAlignment();
if ( alignment == ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT
|| alignment == defaultAlignment
|| ( alignment == ED_ALIGN_LEFT
&& defaultAlignment == ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT )) {
return TRUE;
}
}
return FALSE;
}
XP_Bool CEditContainerElement::IsFirstContainer(){
CEditSubDocElement* pSubDoc = GetSubDoc();
return ! pSubDoc || pSubDoc->GetChild() == this;
}
XP_Bool CEditContainerElement::SupportsAlign(){
return BitSet( edt_setContainerSupportsAlign, GetType() );
}
XP_Bool CEditContainerElement::IsImplicitBreak() {
XP_ASSERT( GetType() == P_NSDT );
CEditElement *pPrev;
return ( (pPrev = GetPreviousSibling()) == 0
|| !pPrev->IsContainer()
|| pPrev->Container()->ForcesDoubleSpacedNextLine()
#if 0
|| ((pPrev->Container()->GetAlignment() == ED_ALIGN_RIGHT) && (GetAlignment() != ED_ALIGN_RIGHT) )
|| ((pPrev->Container()->GetAlignment() != ED_ALIGN_RIGHT) && (GetAlignment() == ED_ALIGN_RIGHT) )
#endif
);
}
// 0..2, where 0 = not in pseudo paragraph.
// 1 = first container of pseudo paragraph.
// 2 = second container of pseudo paragraph.
// 3 = after list, <P> does NOT cause a blank line to be drawn above paragraph. we need <P><BR>
int16 CEditContainerElement::GetPseudoParagraphState(){
if( GetType() != P_NSDT ){
return 0;
}
CEditElement *pPrev = GetPreviousSibling();
CEditElement *pPrevPrev;
if (pPrev)
pPrevPrev = pPrev->GetPreviousSibling();
else
pPrevPrev=NULL;
CEditElement *pNext = GetNextSibling();
if ( !pPrev || (!pPrev->IsContainer()) && !IsEmpty() ) {
return 0;
}
if (!pPrev->IsContainer())
return 1;
CEditContainerElement* pPrevContainer = pPrev->Container();
CEditContainerElement* pPrevPrevContainer=NULL;
if ((pPrevPrev) &&(pPrevPrev->IsContainer()))
pPrevPrevContainer = pPrevPrev->Container();
if ( IsEmpty() && pPrevContainer->GetType() == P_NSDT && pPrevContainer->IsEmpty()
&& (!pPrevPrevContainer || pPrevPrevContainer->GetType() != P_NSDT)
&& pNext && pNext->IsContainer() && pNext->Container()->GetType() == P_NSDT && pNext->Container()->IsEmpty() )
{
return 5; //special for 3 spaces. we must settle up the <BR> tags now. <P> later wont cut it.
}
if ( IsEmpty() && pPrevContainer->GetType() == P_NSDT && pPrevContainer->IsEmpty()
&& (!pPrevPrevContainer || pPrevPrevContainer->GetType() != P_NSDT) )
{
return 4;
}
if ( !IsEmpty() && pPrevContainer->GetType() == P_NSDT && pPrevContainer->IsEmpty()
&& (!pPrevPrev || pPrevPrev->GetType()!= P_TABLE)//tables do not enforce a break! <P> is sufficient for 1 break!
&& (!pPrevPrevContainer || pPrevPrevContainer->GetType() != P_NSDT) )
{
return 3;
}
if ( ! IsEmpty() && ((pPrevContainer->GetType() == P_NSDT
&& pPrevContainer->IsEmpty())|| pPrevPrev && pPrevPrev->GetType() == P_TABLE) )
{
return 2;
}
// Check for state 1
if ( IsEmpty() && pNext && pNext->IsContainer() &&
pNext->Container()->GetType() == P_NSDT
&& ! pNext->Container()->IsEmpty() ) {
return 1;
}
// NOTE: there needs to be a BR tag when the previous non empty container is the same alignment as this one!
//the helper function is mainly to make sure default and left are equivalent
pPrevContainer= GetPreviousNonEmptyContainer(); //check nonempty!
if ( !IsEmpty() && pPrevContainer && !CompareAlignments(pPrevContainer->GetAlignment(),GetAlignment()) )
return 1;
return 0;
}
//NOTES:
/*
It is not necessary to put a BR tag to break after <CENTER> or <DIV ALIGN=right>.
there IS an implicit break of sorts at that point
*/
void CEditContainerElement::PrintOpen( CPrintState *pPrintState ){
if ( ShouldSkipTags() ) return;
XP_Bool bHasExtraData = HasExtraData();
#ifdef EDT_DDT
if( GetType() == P_NSDT ){
int16 ppState = GetPseudoParagraphState();
CEditContainerElement* pPrevContainer=GetPreviousNonEmptyContainer();
if (pPrevContainer && pPrevContainer->GetType()!=P_NSDT)
pPrevContainer=NULL;//all bets are off
// We must always set alignment explicitly for text in TableCaptions
// For this to work, we must change use ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT instead of ED_ALIGN_LEFT
// when parsing regular paragraphs so we don't clutter HTML with extra <DIV> alignment tags
if (( GetAlignment() == ED_ALIGN_LEFT && ! IsEmpty()) && ( !pPrevContainer ||
(pPrevContainer->GetAlignment() != ED_ALIGN_LEFT) ))
{
pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "\n");
pPrintState->m_iCharPos = pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "<DIV ALIGN=left>");
}
else if (( GetAlignment() == ED_ALIGN_RIGHT && ! IsEmpty()) && ( !pPrevContainer || (pPrevContainer->GetAlignment() != ED_ALIGN_RIGHT ) ))
{
pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "\n");
pPrintState->m_iCharPos = pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "<DIV ALIGN=right>");
}
else if (( GetAlignment() == ED_ALIGN_ABSCENTER && !IsEmpty()) && ( !pPrevContainer || (pPrevContainer->GetAlignment() != ED_ALIGN_ABSCENTER ) ))
{
pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "\n");
pPrintState->m_iCharPos = pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "<CENTER>");
}
if( !IsImplicitBreak() && ! bHasExtraData)
{
switch( ppState ){
default:
case 0:
pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "\n");
pPrintState->m_iCharPos = pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf("<BR>");
break;
case 1:
// Do nothing. This is an empty paragraph.
break;
case 2:
pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "\n");
pPrintState->m_iCharPos = pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "<P>");
break;
case 3:
pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "\n"); //used for 1 space after listitem.
pPrintState->m_iCharPos = pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "<P><BR>");
break;
case 4:
pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "\n"); //used for 2 open spaces after listitems for example
pPrintState->m_iCharPos = pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "<P>&nbsp;"); //only gives us one.
//if <P> is comming, we will get 2 line spacing. if we wanted more,
//we should have settled up with a 5 on return from pseudo
break;
case 5:
pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "\n"); //used for 3 open spaces after listitems for example
pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "<P>&nbsp;"); //gives 2 spaces after list type item
pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "\n");
pPrintState->m_iCharPos = pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "<BR>&nbsp;");
break;
}
}
if ( bHasExtraData ) {
EDT_ContainerData* pData = GetData();
if ( pData && pData->pExtra ) {
pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "\n");
if (ppState == 2) pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "\n");
char* pTagName = ppState == 2 ? "P" : "DIV";
pPrintState->m_iCharPos = pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "<%s %s>", pTagName, pData->pExtra);
}
}
return;
}
#endif
pPrintState->m_iCharPos = 0;
pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf("\n");
PA_Tag *pTag = TagOpen(0);
while( pTag ){
char *pData = 0;
if( pTag->data ){
PA_LOCK( pData, char*, pTag->data );
}
if( pData && *pData != '>' ) {
pPrintState->m_iCharPos += pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "<%s %s",
EDT_TagString(pTag->type), pData );
}
else {
pPrintState->m_iCharPos += pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "<%s>",
EDT_TagString(pTag->type));
}
if( pTag->data ){
PA_UNLOCK( pTag->data );
}
PA_Tag* pDelTag = pTag;
pTag = pTag->next;
PA_FreeTag(pDelTag);
if( GetType() != P_PREFORMAT ){
pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "\n");
pPrintState->m_iCharPos = 0;
}
}
}
XP_Bool CEditContainerElement::ShouldSkipTags(){
XP_Bool parentIsTableCell = GetParent() && GetParent()->IsTableCell();
return parentIsTableCell && IsPlainFirstContainer();
}
XP_Bool CEditContainerElement::HasExtraData(){
// Does this have data other than the ALIGN tag?
XP_Bool hasData = FALSE;
EDT_ContainerData* pData = GetData();
if ( pData ) {
if ( pData->pExtra ) {
hasData = TRUE;
}
FreeData(pData);
}
return hasData;
}
void CEditContainerElement::PrintEnd( CPrintState *pPrintState ){
if ( ShouldSkipTags() ) return;
#ifdef EDT_DDT
if( GetType() == P_NSDT ){
int16 ppState = GetPseudoParagraphState();
XP_Bool bNeedReturn = FALSE;
CEditContainerElement* pNextContainer=GetNextNonEmptyContainer();
if ( HasExtraData() ){
if ( ppState != 2 ){
pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "</DIV>");
bNeedReturn = TRUE;
}
}
// Keep empty paragraphs from being eaten
if ( IsEmpty() && ppState == 0)
{
char* space = "&nbsp;";
pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( space );
pPrintState->m_iCharPos += XP_STRLEN(space);
}
ED_Alignment align = GetAlignment();
if( !IsEmpty() && (align == ED_ALIGN_RIGHT || align == ED_ALIGN_LEFT) &&
(!pNextContainer || pNextContainer->GetType() != P_NSDT ||
!CompareAlignments(pNextContainer->GetAlignment(), align)) )
{
pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "</DIV>");
bNeedReturn = TRUE;
}
else if(( GetAlignment() == ED_ALIGN_ABSCENTER && !IsEmpty() ) &&
(!pNextContainer || pNextContainer->GetType() != P_NSDT || !CompareAlignments(pNextContainer->GetAlignment(), align)) )
{
pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "</CENTER>");
bNeedReturn = TRUE;
}
if ( bNeedReturn )
{
pPrintState->m_iCharPos = 0;
pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "\n");
}
return;
}
#endif
PA_Tag *pTag = TagEnd();
while( pTag ){
char *pData = 0;
if( pTag->data ){
PA_LOCK( pData, char*, pTag->data );
}
pPrintState->m_iCharPos += pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "</%s>",
EDT_TagString( pTag->type ) );
if( pTag->data ){
PA_UNLOCK( pTag->data );
}
PA_Tag* pDelTag = pTag;
pTag = pTag->next;
PA_FreeTag(pDelTag);
}
pPrintState->m_iCharPos = 0;
pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "\n");
}
CEditElement* CEditContainerElement::Clone( CEditElement* pParent ){
PA_Tag *pTag = TagOpen(0);
// LTNOTE: we get division tags at the beginning of paragraphs
// for their alignment. Ignore these tags, we get it directly from the
// container itself.
// Its a total hack.
//
if( pTag->type == P_DIVISION || pTag->type == P_CENTER ){
PA_Tag *pDelTag = pTag;
pTag = pTag->next;
PA_FreeTag( pDelTag );
}
CEditElement *pRet = new CEditContainerElement(pParent, pTag, GetWinCSID(), m_align );
PA_FreeTag( pTag );
return pRet;
}
// Property Getting and Setting Stuff.
EDT_ContainerData* CEditContainerElement::NewData(){
EDT_ContainerData *pData = XP_NEW( EDT_ContainerData );
pData->align = ED_ALIGN_LEFT;
pData->pExtra = 0;
return pData;
}
void CEditContainerElement::FreeData( EDT_ContainerData *pData ){
if ( pData ) {
XP_FREEIF(pData->pExtra);
XP_FREE( pData );
}
}
void CEditContainerElement::SetData( EDT_ContainerData *pData ){
char *pNew = 0;
m_align = pData->align;
if( m_align == ED_ALIGN_CENTER ) m_align = ED_ALIGN_ABSCENTER;
//
// Never generate ALIGN= stuff anymore.
// Use the Div tag for LEFT and RIGHT, and the CENTER tag
//
char* pExtra = "";
if ( pData && pData->pExtra ) {
pExtra = pData->pExtra;
}
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "%s>", pExtra );
SetTagData( pNew );
free(pNew);
}
EDT_ContainerData* CEditContainerElement::GetData( ){
EDT_ContainerData *pRet;
PA_Tag* pTag = TagOpen(0);
pRet = ParseParams( pTag, GetWinCSID() );
EDT_DeleteTagChain( pTag );
return pRet;
}
static char* containerParams[] = {
PARAM_ALIGN,
"nscisaw",
0
};
EDT_ContainerData* CEditContainerElement::ParseParams( PA_Tag *pTag, int16 csid ){
EDT_ContainerData *pData = NewData();
ED_Alignment align;
m_hackPreformat = edt_FetchParamBoolExist(pTag, "nscisaw", csid);
align = edt_FetchParamAlignment( pTag, m_defaultAlign, FALSE, csid );
if( align == ED_ALIGN_CENTER ) align = ED_ALIGN_ABSCENTER;
if( align == ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT || align == ED_ALIGN_RIGHT || align == ED_ALIGN_LEFT || align == ED_ALIGN_ABSCENTER){
pData->align = align;
}
pData->pExtra = edt_FetchParamExtras( pTag, containerParams, csid );
return pData;
}
void CEditContainerElement::SetAlignment( ED_Alignment eAlign ){
EDT_ContainerData *pData = GetData();
pData->align = eAlign;
SetData( pData );
FreeData( pData );
}
void CEditContainerElement::CopyAttributes(CEditContainerElement *pFrom ){
SetType( pFrom->GetType() );
SetAlignment( pFrom->GetAlignment() );
}
XP_Bool CEditContainerElement::IsEmpty(){
CEditElement *pChild = GetChild();
return ( pChild == 0
|| ( pChild->IsA( P_TEXT )
&& pChild->Text()->GetLen() == 0
&& pChild->LeafInContainerAfter() == 0 )
);
}
#ifdef DEBUG
void CEditContainerElement::ValidateTree(){
CEditElement::ValidateTree();
CEditElement* pChild = GetChild();
XP_ASSERT(pChild); // Must have at least one child.
}
#endif
//
// Sets the alignment if the container is empty (or almost empty). Used only
// during the parse phase to handle things like <p><center><img>
//
void CEditContainerElement::AlignIfEmpty( ED_Alignment eAlign ){
CEditElement *pChild = GetChild();
while( pChild ){
if( pChild->IsA( P_TEXT )
&& pChild->Leaf()->GetLen() != 0 ){
return;
}
pChild = pChild->GetNextSibling();
}
SetAlignment( eAlign );
}
void CEditContainerElement::StreamToPositionalText( IStreamOut *pOut, XP_Bool bEnd ){
if( bEnd ){
pOut->Write(" ",1);
}
}
char* CEditContainerElement::GetText()
{
char *pText = NULL;
CEditElement *pChild = GetChild();
while( pChild )
{
if( pChild->IsText() && pChild->Leaf()->GetLen() != 0 )
{
pText = PR_sprintf_append( pText, pChild->Text()->GetText() );
}
pChild = pChild->GetNextSibling();
}
return pText;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CEditListElement
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
CEditListElement::CEditListElement(
CEditElement *pParent, PA_Tag *pTag, int16 /*csid*/ ):
CEditElement( pParent, pTag->type ){
if( pTag ){
char *locked_buff;
PA_LOCK(locked_buff, char *, pTag->data );
SetTagData( locked_buff );
PA_UNLOCK(pTag->data);
}
m_pBaseURL = NULL;
}
CEditListElement::CEditListElement(IStreamIn *pStreamIn, CEditBuffer *pBuffer):
CEditElement( pStreamIn, pBuffer )
{
m_pBaseURL = NULL;
}
CEditListElement::~CEditListElement()
{
XP_FREEIF(m_pBaseURL);
}
PA_Tag* CEditListElement::TagOpen( int /* iEditOffset */ ){
PA_Tag *pTag = XP_NEW( PA_Tag );
XP_BZERO( pTag, sizeof( PA_Tag ) );
SetTagData( pTag, GetTagData() ? GetTagData() : ">" );
return pTag;
}
CEditElement* CEditListElement::Clone( CEditElement *pParent ){
PA_Tag* pTag = TagOpen(0);
CEditElement* pNew = new CEditListElement( pParent, pTag, GetWinCSID() );
PA_FreeTag( pTag );
return pNew;
}
XP_Bool CEditListElement::IsCompatableList(CEditElement *pElement)
{
if( pElement && pElement->IsList() )
{
TagType t = pElement->GetType();
if( t == m_tagType ||
((t == P_UNUM_LIST && m_tagType == P_NUM_LIST) ||
(m_tagType == P_UNUM_LIST && t == P_NUM_LIST)) )
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
// Property Getting and Setting Stuff.
EDT_ListData* CEditListElement::NewData(){
EDT_ListData *pData = XP_NEW( EDT_ListData );
if( pData == 0 ){
// throw();
return pData;
}
pData->iTagType = P_UNUM_LIST;
pData->bCompact = FALSE;
pData->eType = ED_LIST_TYPE_DEFAULT;
pData->iStart = 1;
pData->pExtra = 0;
pData->pBaseURL = NULL;
return pData;
}
void CEditListElement::FreeData( EDT_ListData *pData ){
if( pData->pExtra ) XP_FREE( pData->pExtra );
XP_FREEIF(pData->pBaseURL);
XP_FREE( pData );
}
void CEditListElement::SetData( EDT_ListData *pData ){
char *pNew = 0;
// Copy in pBaseURL.
XP_FREEIF(m_pBaseURL);
if (pData->pBaseURL && *pData->pBaseURL) {
m_pBaseURL = XP_STRDUP(pData->pBaseURL);
}
SetType( pData->iTagType );
if( pData->bCompact ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, " COMPACT");
}
if( pData->iStart != 1 ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, " START=%d", pData->iStart );
}
switch( pData->eType ){
case ED_LIST_TYPE_DEFAULT:
break;
case ED_LIST_TYPE_DIGIT:
SetType( P_NUM_LIST );
break;
case ED_LIST_TYPE_BIG_ROMAN:
SetType( P_NUM_LIST );
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, " TYPE=I" );
break;
case ED_LIST_TYPE_SMALL_ROMAN:
SetType( P_NUM_LIST );
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, " TYPE=i" );
break;
case ED_LIST_TYPE_BIG_LETTERS:
SetType( P_NUM_LIST );
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, " TYPE=A" );
break;
case ED_LIST_TYPE_SMALL_LETTERS:
SetType( P_NUM_LIST );
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, " TYPE=a" );
break;
case ED_LIST_TYPE_CIRCLE:
SetType( P_UNUM_LIST );
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, " TYPE=CIRCLE" );
break;
case ED_LIST_TYPE_SQUARE:
SetType( P_UNUM_LIST );
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, " TYPE=SQUARE" );
break;
case ED_LIST_TYPE_DISC:
SetType( P_UNUM_LIST );
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, " TYPE=DISC" );
break;
case ED_LIST_TYPE_CITE:
SetType( P_BLOCKQUOTE );
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, " TYPE=CITE" );
break;
}
if( pData->pExtra ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, " %s", pData->pExtra );
}
if( pNew ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, ">" );
}
SetTagData( pNew );
XP_FREEIF(pNew);
}
EDT_ListData* CEditListElement::GetData( ){
EDT_ListData *pRet;
PA_Tag* pTag = TagOpen(0);
pRet = ParseParams( pTag, GetWinCSID() );
PA_FreeTag( pTag );
if (pRet && m_pBaseURL) {
pRet->pBaseURL = XP_STRDUP(m_pBaseURL);
}
return pRet;
}
static char* listParams[] = {
PARAM_TYPE,
PARAM_COMPACT,
PARAM_START,
0
};
EDT_ListData* CEditListElement::ParseParams( PA_Tag *pTag, int16 csid ){
EDT_ListData *pData = NewData();
char *pType;
pData->iTagType = pTag->type;
pData->bCompact = edt_FetchParamBoolExist( pTag, PARAM_COMPACT, csid );
pType = edt_FetchParamString( pTag, PARAM_TYPE, csid );
if( pType == 0 ){
if( pTag->type == P_NUM_LIST ){
pData->eType = ED_LIST_TYPE_DIGIT;
}
else {
pData->eType = ED_LIST_TYPE_DEFAULT;
}
}
else {
switch (*pType){
case 'A':
pData->eType = ED_LIST_TYPE_BIG_LETTERS;
break;
case 'a':
pData->eType = ED_LIST_TYPE_SMALL_LETTERS;
break;
case 'i':
pData->eType = ED_LIST_TYPE_SMALL_ROMAN;
break;
case 'I':
pData->eType = ED_LIST_TYPE_BIG_ROMAN;
break;
case 'c':
case 'C':
if ( XP_STRNCASECMP(pType, "cite", 4) == 0) {
pData->eType = ED_LIST_TYPE_CITE;
}
else {
pData->eType = ED_LIST_TYPE_CIRCLE;
}
break;
case 'd':
case 'D':
pData->eType = ED_LIST_TYPE_DISC;
break;
case 's':
case 'S':
pData->eType = ED_LIST_TYPE_SQUARE;
break;
default:
// To do: Figure out how to preserve unknown list types.
pData->eType = ED_LIST_TYPE_DEFAULT;
break;
}
}
pData->iStart = edt_FetchParamInt( pTag, PARAM_START, 1, csid );
pData->pExtra = edt_FetchParamExtras( pTag, listParams, csid );
return pData;
}
void CEditListElement::CopyData(CEditListElement* pOther){
EDT_ListData* pData = pOther->GetData();
SetData(pData);
FreeData(pData);
}
XP_Bool CEditListElement::IsMailQuote(){
XP_Bool bResult = FALSE;
EDT_ListData* pData = GetData();
if ( pData->iTagType == P_BLOCKQUOTE &&
pData->eType == ED_LIST_TYPE_CITE ) {
bResult = TRUE;
}
FreeData(pData);
return bResult;
}
#ifdef DEBUG
void CEditListElement::ValidateTree(){
CEditElement::ValidateTree();
// Must have at least one child.
XP_ASSERT(GetChild());
// We rely on the children to check that
// they can have a list as a parent.
}
#endif
EEditElementType CEditListElement::GetElementType(){
return eListElement;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CEditTextElement
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
CEditTextElement::CEditTextElement(CEditElement *pParent, char *pText):
CEditLeafElement(pParent, P_TEXT),
m_pFirstLayoutElement(0),
m_pTextBlock(0),
m_tf(TF_NONE),
m_iFontSize(DEF_FONTSIZE),
m_href(ED_LINK_ID_NONE),
m_color(ED_Color::GetUndefined()),
m_pFace(NULL),
m_iWeight(ED_FONT_WEIGHT_NORMAL),
m_iPointSize(ED_FONT_POINT_SIZE_DEFAULT),
m_pScriptExtra(NULL)
{
if( pText && *pText ){
m_pText = XP_STRDUP(pText); // should be new??
m_textSize = XP_STRLEN(m_pText)+1;
}
else {
m_pText = 0;
m_textSize = 0;
}
}
CEditTextElement::CEditTextElement( IStreamIn *pIn, CEditBuffer* pBuffer ):
CEditLeafElement(pIn, pBuffer),
m_pFirstLayoutElement(0),
m_pTextBlock(0),
m_tf(TF_NONE),
m_iFontSize(DEF_FONTSIZE),
m_href(ED_LINK_ID_NONE),
m_pText(0),
m_color(ED_Color::GetUndefined()),
m_pFace(NULL),
m_pScriptExtra(NULL)
{
m_tf = (ED_TextFormat)pIn->ReadInt( );
m_iFontSize = pIn->ReadInt( );
m_color = pIn->ReadInt( );
if( m_tf & TF_HREF ){
char* pHref = pIn->ReadZString();
char* pExtra = pIn->ReadZString();
SetHREF( pBuffer->linkManager.Add( pHref, pExtra ));
XP_FREE( pHref );
XP_FREE( pExtra );
}
if ( m_tf & TF_FONT_FACE ) {
m_pFace = pIn->ReadZString();
}
if ( m_tf & TF_FONT_WEIGHT ) {
m_iWeight = (int16) pIn->ReadInt();
}
if ( m_tf & TF_FONT_POINT_SIZE ) {
m_iPointSize = (int16) pIn->ReadInt();
}
if ( EDT_IS_SCRIPT(m_tf) ) {
m_pScriptExtra = pIn->ReadZString();
}
m_pText = pIn->ReadZString();
if( m_pText ){
m_textSize = XP_STRLEN( m_pText );
}
else {
m_textSize = 0;
}
}
CEditTextElement::~CEditTextElement(){
DisconnectLayoutElements((LO_Element*) m_pFirstLayoutElement);
if ( m_pText) XP_FREE(m_pText);
if( m_href != ED_LINK_ID_NONE ) m_href->Release();
if ( m_pFace ) {
XP_FREE(m_pFace);
m_pFace = NULL;
}
if ( m_pScriptExtra ) {
XP_FREE(m_pScriptExtra);
m_pScriptExtra = NULL;
}
}
XP_Bool CEditTextElement::GetLOElementAndOffset( ElementOffset iEditOffset, XP_Bool bEditStickyAfter,
LO_Element*& pRetText,
int& pLayoutOffset ){
return GetLOTextAndOffset( iEditOffset, bEditStickyAfter, *(LO_TextStruct**)&pRetText, pLayoutOffset);
}
void CEditTextElement::StreamOut( IStreamOut *pOut ){
CEditSelection all;
GetAll(all);
PartialStreamOut(pOut, all );
}
void CEditTextElement::PartialStreamOut( IStreamOut *pOut, CEditSelection& selection ){
CEditSelection local;
if ( ClipToMe(selection, local) ) {
// Fake a stream out.
CEditLeafElement::StreamOut( pOut );
pOut->WriteInt( m_tf );
pOut->WriteInt( m_iFontSize );
pOut->WriteInt( m_color.GetAsLong() );
if( m_tf & TF_HREF )
{
// Must make URLs absolute when copying
CEditBuffer *pBuffer = GetEditBuffer();
char *pAbsolute = NULL;
if( pBuffer )
pAbsolute = NET_MakeAbsoluteURL(LO_GetBaseURL(pBuffer->m_pContext), m_href->hrefStr);
if( pAbsolute )
{
pOut->WriteZString( pAbsolute );
XP_FREE(pAbsolute);
}
else
pOut->WriteZString( m_href->hrefStr );
pOut->WriteZString( m_href->pExtra );
}
if( m_tf & TF_FONT_FACE ){
pOut->WriteZString( m_pFace );
}
if( m_tf & TF_FONT_WEIGHT ){
pOut->WriteInt(m_iWeight);
}
if( m_tf & TF_FONT_POINT_SIZE ){
pOut->WriteInt(m_iPointSize);
}
if( EDT_IS_SCRIPT(m_tf) ){
pOut->WriteZString( m_pScriptExtra );
}
pOut->WritePartialZString( m_pText, local.m_start.m_iPos, local.m_end.m_iPos);
// No children
pOut->WriteInt((int32)eElementNone);
}
}
EEditElementType CEditTextElement::GetElementType()
{
return eTextElement;
}
void CEditTextElement::SetLayoutElement( intn iEditOffset, intn lo_type,
LO_Element* pLoElement ){
/* this element might be our text block. if so, we want to keep track of it */
if ( lo_type == LO_TEXTBLOCK ){
#if defined( DEBUG_shannon )
XP_TRACE(("Setting text block to %lx", pLoElement));
#endif
XP_ASSERT ( pLoElement != NULL );
m_pTextBlock = &pLoElement->lo_textBlock;
pLoElement->lo_any.edit_element = this;
pLoElement->lo_any.edit_offset = iEditOffset;
}
SetLayoutElementHelper(LO_TEXT, (LO_Element**) &m_pFirstLayoutElement,
iEditOffset, lo_type, pLoElement);
}
LO_Element* CEditTextElement::GetLayoutElement()
{
return m_pFirstLayoutElement;
}
void CEditTextElement::ResetLayoutElement( intn iEditOffset,
LO_Element* pLoElement ){
ResetLayoutElementHelper((LO_Element**) &m_pFirstLayoutElement,
iEditOffset, pLoElement);
}
void edt_RemoveNBSP( int16 csid, char *pString ){
while( pString && *pString ){
if( *pString == NON_BREAKING_SPACE ){
*pString = ' ';
}
pString = INTL_NextChar(csid, pString);
}
}
void CEditTextElement::SetText( char *pText, XP_Bool bConvertSpaces, int16 csid){
if( m_pText ){
XP_FREE( m_pText );
}
if( pText && *pText ){
m_pText = XP_STRDUP(pText); // should be new??
m_textSize = XP_STRLEN(m_pText)+1;
if( bConvertSpaces ){
edt_RemoveNBSP( csid, m_pText );
}
}
else {
m_pText = 0;
m_textSize = 0;
}
}
void CEditTextElement::SetColor( ED_Color iColor ){
m_color = iColor;
// Dont set color if we are a script
if(!iColor.IsDefined() || EDT_IS_SCRIPT(m_tf) ){
m_tf &= ~TF_FONT_COLOR;
}
else {
m_tf |= TF_FONT_COLOR;
}
}
// We seem to have problems when point size gets REALLY big,
// so limit this for now
#define ED_MAX_POINT_SIZE 104
// Boost the size changes when increasing or decreasing point sizes
static void AdjustPointSizeChange( int& iChange, int iPointSize )
{
if( iChange == 1 )
{
if( iPointSize >= 10 && iPointSize <= 24 )
iChange = 2;
else if( iPointSize > 24 )
iChange = 4;
}
else if( iChange == -1 )
{
if( iPointSize >= 10 && iPointSize <= 24 )
iChange = -2;
else if( iPointSize > 24 )
iChange = -4;
}
}
void CEditTextElement::SetFontSize( int iSize, XP_Bool bRelative )
{
//Override (use default for) ALL font size requests for Java Script
if( EDT_IS_SCRIPT(m_tf) ){
iSize = 0;
}
else
{
// Calculate the new size and keep within allowable range
// bRelative = TRUE means that iSize is a change relative
// to current size
if( bRelative )
{
if( m_iPointSize != ED_FONT_POINT_SIZE_DEFAULT )
{
// We are already using pts, so change that instead of m_iFontSize
AdjustPointSizeChange( iSize, m_iPointSize );
SetFontPointSize(min(ED_MAX_POINT_SIZE, max(MIN_POINT_SIZE, m_iPointSize+iSize)));
return;
}
#ifdef XP_WIN
// EXPERIMENTAL:
// If we are trying to increase past the highest HTML size (7),
// we change over to POINT size instead so we can
// continue to increase the size.
// To do this, we need to get the point size of the "7" font,
if( (m_iFontSize + iSize) > MAX_FONT_SIZE )
{
int16 iPointSize = FE_CalcFontPointSize(GetEditBuffer()->m_pContext, MAX_FONT_SIZE, m_tf & TF_FIXED);
if( iPointSize )
{
AdjustPointSizeChange( iSize, iPointSize );
SetFontPointSize(min(ED_MAX_POINT_SIZE, iPointSize+iSize));
return;
}
}
#endif //XP_WIN
// We are using relative scale,
// set new size relative to current
iSize = m_iFontSize + iSize;
}
}
iSize = min(MAX_FONT_SIZE, max(MIN_FONT_SIZE,(iSize)));
// No change from current state
if( m_iFontSize == iSize )
return;
m_iFontSize = iSize;
// Use 0 (or less) to signify changing to default
if( iSize <= 0 ){
m_iFontSize = GetDefaultFontSize();
}
if( m_iFontSize == GetDefaultFontSize() ){
m_tf &= ~TF_FONT_SIZE;
}
else {
m_tf |= TF_FONT_SIZE;
}
// If using relative font size, then absolute point size must be default
// Note that we do this even if setting to default size,
// so this overrides any existing point size
m_tf &= ~TF_FONT_POINT_SIZE;
m_iPointSize = ED_FONT_POINT_SIZE_DEFAULT;
}
void CEditTextElement::SetFontFace( char* pFace ){
if ( m_pFace ) {
XP_FREE(m_pFace);
m_pFace = NULL;
m_tf &= ~TF_FONT_FACE;
}
if ( pFace ) {
m_tf |= TF_FONT_FACE;
// Skip over initial separator signal
if( *pFace == '_' ){
pFace++;
}
m_pFace = XP_STRDUP(pFace);
}
}
void CEditTextElement::SetFontWeight( int16 weight ){
if ( m_iWeight != ED_FONT_WEIGHT_NORMAL ) {
m_tf &= ~TF_FONT_WEIGHT;
m_iWeight = ED_FONT_WEIGHT_NORMAL;
}
if ( weight != ED_FONT_WEIGHT_NORMAL ) {
m_tf |= TF_FONT_WEIGHT;
m_iWeight = weight;
}
}
void CEditTextElement::SetFontPointSize( int16 pointSize ){
if ( m_iPointSize != ED_FONT_POINT_SIZE_DEFAULT ) {
m_tf &= ~TF_FONT_POINT_SIZE;
m_iPointSize = ED_FONT_POINT_SIZE_DEFAULT;
}
if ( pointSize != ED_FONT_POINT_SIZE_DEFAULT ) {
m_tf |= TF_FONT_POINT_SIZE;
m_iPointSize = pointSize;
// If using absolute point size, then relative font size must be default
m_iFontSize = GetDefaultFontSize();
m_tf &= ~TF_FONT_SIZE;
}
}
void CEditTextElement::SetScriptExtra( char* pScriptExtra ){
if ( m_pScriptExtra ) {
XP_FREE(m_pScriptExtra);
m_pScriptExtra = NULL;
}
if ( pScriptExtra ) {
m_pScriptExtra = XP_STRDUP(pScriptExtra);
}
}
void CEditTextElement::SetHREF( ED_LinkId id ){
if( m_href != ED_LINK_ID_NONE ){
m_href->Release();
}
m_href = id;
// Dont set HREF if we are a script
if( id != ED_LINK_ID_NONE && !EDT_IS_SCRIPT(m_tf) ){
id->AddRef();
m_tf |= TF_HREF;
}
else {
m_tf &= ~TF_HREF;
}
}
int CEditTextElement::GetFontSize(){
if( m_tf & TF_FONT_SIZE ){
return m_iFontSize;
}
else {
return GetDefaultFontSize();
}
}
char* CEditTextElement::GetFontFace(){
return m_pFace;
}
int16 CEditTextElement::GetFontWeight(){
return m_iWeight;
}
int16 CEditTextElement::GetFontPointSize(){
return m_iPointSize;
}
char* CEditTextElement::GetScriptExtra(){
return m_pScriptExtra;
}
//
// The the current text buffer but convert spaces to non breaking spaces where
// necessary so the file can be laid out properly.
//
// The rules for converting spaces into Non breaking spaces are as follows:
//
// X = character
// N = Non breaking space
// S = Space
// ^ = End of line
//
// 1 2 N
// ---------------------------------------
// Line Start N NS NNNS
// Middle XS XNS XNNNS
// End N^ XNN^ XNNN^
//
//
char* CEditTextElement::GetTextWithConvertedSpaces(){
// If regular get text doesn't do anything, neither should we.
if( GetText() == 0 ){
return 0;
}
// grab a working buffer to copy the data into
char *pBuf = edt_WorkBuf( GetLen()+1 );
// Out of memory
if( pBuf == 0 ) return 0;
CEditElement *pPrev = PreviousLeafInContainer();
CEditElement *pNext = LeafInContainerAfter();
XP_Bool bNextIsSpace, bNextIsEOL, bIsSpace, bAtBeginOfLine;
// if we are the beginning of a line
bAtBeginOfLine = ( pPrev == 0 || pPrev->CausesBreakAfter() );
char *pDest = pBuf;
const char *pSrc = GetText();
while( *pSrc ) {
bIsSpace = (*pSrc == ' ');
if( pSrc[1] != 0 ){
bNextIsEOL = FALSE;
bNextIsSpace = (pSrc[1] == ' ');
}
else if( pNext
&& pNext->IsText()
&& pNext->Text()->GetText()) {
bNextIsEOL = FALSE;
bNextIsSpace = ( pNext->Text()->GetText()[0] == ' ' );
}
else {
bNextIsEOL = TRUE;
bNextIsSpace = FALSE;
}
if( bAtBeginOfLine ){
if( bIsSpace ){
*pDest = (char) NON_BREAKING_SPACE;
}
else {
*pDest = *pSrc;
}
bAtBeginOfLine = FALSE;
}
else {
if( bIsSpace && ( bNextIsSpace || bNextIsEOL )){
*pDest = (char) NON_BREAKING_SPACE;
}
else {
*pDest = *pSrc;
}
}
pSrc++;
pDest++;
}
*pDest = 0;
return pBuf;
}
void CEditTextElement::ClearFormatting(){
if ( m_tf & TF_HREF) {
if ( m_href != ED_LINK_ID_NONE ) {
m_href->Release();
}
else {
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
}
}
m_href = ED_LINK_ID_NONE;
m_tf = 0;
SetFontSize( GetDefaultFontSize() );
m_color = ED_Color::GetUndefined();
m_iWeight = ED_FONT_WEIGHT_NORMAL;
m_iPointSize = ED_FONT_POINT_SIZE_DEFAULT;
/* We don't preserve the script extra because the SCRIPT attribute is cleared.
*/
SetScriptExtra(NULL);
}
void CEditTextElement::SetData( EDT_CharacterData *pData ){
// Either Java Script type
ED_TextFormat tfJava = TF_SERVER | TF_SCRIPT | TF_STYLE;
// if we are setting server or script,
// then it is the only thing we need to do
if( (pData->mask & pData->values ) & tfJava ){
ClearFormatting();
#ifdef USE_SCRIPT
m_tf = (pData->mask & pData->values ) & tfJava;
return;
#else
XP_ASSERT(FALSE); // Front ends should not be setting these styles any more.
return;
#endif
}
#ifdef USE_SCRIPT
// If we are already a Java Script type,
// and we are NOT removing that type (mask bit is not set)
// then ignore all other attributes
if( (0 != (m_tf & TF_SERVER) &&
0 == (pData->mask & TF_SERVER)) ||
(0 != (m_tf & TF_STYLE) &&
0 == (pData->mask & TF_STYLE)) ||
(0 != (m_tf & TF_SCRIPT) &&
0 == (pData->mask & TF_SCRIPT)) ){
return;
}
#endif
if( pData->mask & TF_HREF ){
SetHREF( pData->linkId );
}
if( pData->mask & TF_FONT_COLOR ){
if( (pData->values & TF_FONT_COLOR) ){
SetColor( EDT_LO_COLOR(pData->pColor) );
}
else {
SetColor( ED_Color::GetUndefined() );
}
}
if( pData->mask & TF_FONT_SIZE ){
if( pData->values & TF_FONT_SIZE ){
SetFontSize( pData->iSize );
}
else {
SetFontSize( GetDefaultFontSize() );
XP_ASSERT( (m_tf & TF_FONT_SIZE) == 0 );
}
}
if( pData->mask & TF_FONT_FACE ){
if( (pData->values & TF_FONT_FACE) ){
SetFontFace( pData->pFontFace );
}
else {
SetFontFace( 0 );
}
}
if( pData->mask & TF_FONT_WEIGHT ){
if( (pData->values & TF_FONT_WEIGHT) ){
SetFontWeight( pData->iWeight );
}
else {
SetFontWeight( ED_FONT_WEIGHT_NORMAL );
}
}
if( pData->mask & TF_FONT_POINT_SIZE ){
if( (pData->values & TF_FONT_POINT_SIZE) ){
SetFontPointSize( pData->iPointSize );
}
else {
SetFontPointSize( ED_FONT_POINT_SIZE_DEFAULT );
}
}
// remove the elements we've already handled.
ED_TextFormat mask = pData->mask & ~( TF_HREF
| TF_FONT_SIZE
| TF_FONT_COLOR
| TF_FONT_FACE
| TF_FONT_WEIGHT
| TF_FONT_POINT_SIZE
#ifdef USE_SCRIPT
| TF_SCRIPT
| TF_SERVER
| TF_STYLE );
#else
);
#endif
ED_TextFormat values = pData->values & mask;
m_tf = (m_tf & ~mask) | values;
}
EDT_CharacterData* CEditTextElement::GetData(){
EDT_CharacterData *pData = EDT_NewCharacterData();
pData->mask = -1;
pData->values = m_tf;
pData->iSize = GetFontSize();
if( m_tf & TF_FONT_COLOR ){
pData->pColor = edt_MakeLoColor( GetColor() );
}
if( m_tf & TF_HREF ){
if( m_href != ED_LINK_ID_NONE ){
pData->pHREFData = m_href->GetData();
}
pData->linkId = m_href;
}
if( m_tf & TF_FONT_FACE ){
XP_ASSERT( m_pFace );
pData->pFontFace = XP_STRDUP( m_pFace );
}
if ( m_tf & TF_FONT_WEIGHT ){
pData->iWeight = m_iWeight;
}
if ( m_tf & TF_FONT_POINT_SIZE ){
pData->iPointSize = m_iPointSize;
}
return pData;
}
void CEditTextElement::MaskData( EDT_CharacterData*& pData ){
if( pData == 0 ){
pData = GetData();
return;
}
ED_TextFormat differences = pData->values ^ m_tf;
if( differences ){
// We are certain about all bits that are NOT different
pData->mask &= ~differences;
}
// If mask bit is still set, then we THINK the attribute
// is the same, but we don't know until we check the
// color, href size, or font face directly
if( (pData->mask & pData->values & m_tf & TF_FONT_COLOR)
&& EDT_LO_COLOR( pData->pColor ) != GetColor() ){
pData->mask &= ~TF_FONT_COLOR;
XP_FREE( pData->pColor );
pData->pColor = 0;
}
if( (pData->mask & pData->values & m_tf & TF_HREF)
&& (pData->linkId != m_href ) ){
pData->mask &= ~TF_HREF;
}
if( (pData->mask & pData->values & m_tf & TF_FONT_SIZE)
&& (pData->iSize != m_iFontSize) ){
pData->mask &= ~TF_FONT_SIZE;
}
if( (pData->mask & pData->values & m_tf & TF_FONT_POINT_SIZE)
&& (pData->iPointSize != m_iPointSize) ){
pData->mask &= ~TF_FONT_POINT_SIZE;
}
if( (pData->mask & pData->values & m_tf & TF_FONT_FACE) ){
// Both have font face -- see if it is different
char * pFontFace = GetFontFace();
// Note: String shouldn't be empty if bit is set!
XP_ASSERT(pData->pFontFace);
if( !pData->pFontFace && !pFontFace ){
// Both are empty so they are the same
return;
}
if( pData->pFontFace
&& (!pFontFace || XP_STRCMP(pData->pFontFace, pFontFace )) ){
// Font name is different
pData->mask &= ~TF_FONT_FACE;
}
}
}
//
// insert a character into the text buffer. At some point we should make sure we
// don't insert two spaces together.
//
XP_Bool CEditTextElement::InsertChar( int iOffset, int newChar ){
char buffer[2];
buffer[0] = newChar;
buffer[1] = '\0';
return InsertChars(iOffset, buffer);
}
int32 CEditTextElement::InsertChars( int iOffset, char* pNewChars ){
// This is in bytes, not in characters.
// However, it assumes we've gotten whole characters.
int32 iNumBytes = pNewChars ? XP_STRLEN(pNewChars) : 0;
if ( iNumBytes <= 0 ) {
return 0;
}
// guarantee the buffer size
//
int32 iOldLen = GetLen();
int32 iSize = iOldLen + iNumBytes;
if( iSize + 1 >= m_textSize ){
int newSize = GROW_TEXT( iSize + 1 );
char *pNewBuf = (char*)XP_ALLOC( newSize );
if( pNewBuf == 0 ){
// out of memory, should probably throw.
return 0;
}
if( m_pText ){
XP_STRCPY( pNewBuf, m_pText );
XP_FREE( m_pText );
}
else {
pNewBuf[0] = 0;
}
m_pText = pNewBuf;
m_textSize = newSize;
}
//
// create an empty space in the string. We have to start from the end of
// the string and move backward. Move the null, too
//
int32 i;
for(i = iOldLen; i >= iOffset; i--){
m_pText[i+iNumBytes] = m_pText[i];
}
// Insert the new text into the string.
for(i = 0; i < iNumBytes; i++){
m_pText[iOffset+i] = pNewChars[i];
}
/* update the text block with the new text */
if ( m_pTextBlock != NULL ){
lo_ChangeText ( m_pTextBlock, GetTextWithConvertedSpaces() );
}
return iNumBytes;
}
void CEditTextElement::DeleteChar( MWContext *pContext, int iOffset ){
INTL_CharSetInfo csi = LO_GetDocumentCharacterSetInfo(pContext);
int i = iOffset;
char c = 1;
int clen;
clen = INTL_CharLen(INTL_GetCSIWinCSID(csi), (unsigned char *)m_pText+iOffset);
if( m_pText[iOffset] ){
while( c != 0 ){
m_pText[i] = c = m_pText[i+clen];
i++;
}
}
}
char* CEditTextElement::DebugFormat(){
static char buf[1024];
strcpy(buf, "( " );
int i;
if(m_tf & TF_BOLD) strcat(buf,"B ");
if(m_tf & TF_ITALIC) strcat(buf,"I ");
if(m_tf & TF_FIXED) strcat(buf,"TT ");
if(m_tf & TF_SUPER) strcat(buf,"SUP ");
if(m_tf & TF_SUB) strcat(buf,"SUB ");
if(m_tf & TF_STRIKEOUT) strcat(buf,"SO ");
if(m_tf & TF_UNDERLINE) strcat(buf,"U ");
if(m_tf & TF_BLINK) strcat(buf,"BL ");
#ifdef USE_SCRIPT
if(m_tf & TF_SERVER) strcat(buf,"SERVER ");
if(m_tf & TF_SCRIPT) strcat(buf,"SCRIPT ");
if(m_tf & TF_STYLE) strcat(buf,"STYLE ");
#endif
if(m_tf & TF_SPELL) strcat(buf,"SPELL ");
if(m_tf & TF_INLINEINPUT) strcat(buf,"INLINEINPUT ");
if(m_tf & TF_INLINEINPUTTHICK) strcat(buf,"INLINEINPUTTHICK ");
if(m_tf & TF_INLINEINPUTDOTTED) strcat(buf,"INLINEINPUTDOTTED ");
if(m_pScriptExtra){
strcat(buf, m_pScriptExtra);
strcat(buf," ");
}
if ( m_tf & TF_FONT_FACE && m_pFace ) {
strcat( buf, m_pFace );
strcat( buf, " ");
}
if ( m_tf & TF_FONT_WEIGHT ){
char sizeBuf[30];
PR_snprintf(sizeBuf, 30, "weight=%d ", m_iWeight );
strcat( buf, sizeBuf);
}
if ( m_tf & TF_FONT_POINT_SIZE ){
char sizeBuf[30];
PR_snprintf(sizeBuf, 30, "pointsize=%d ", m_iPointSize );
strcat( buf, sizeBuf);
}
if( m_tf & TF_FONT_COLOR ){
char color_str[8];
PR_snprintf(color_str, 8, "#%06lX ", GetColor().GetAsLong() );
strcat( buf, color_str );
}
if( m_tf & TF_FONT_SIZE ){
i = XP_STRLEN(buf);
buf[i] = (GetFontSize() < 3 ? '-': '+');
buf[i+1] = '0' + abs(GetFontSize() - 3);
buf[i+2] = ' ';
buf[i+3] = 0;
}
if( m_tf & TF_HREF ){
strcat( buf, m_href->hrefStr );
}
strcat(buf, ") " );
return buf;
}
//
// Create a list of tags that represents the character formatting for this
// text element.
//
void CEditTextElement::FormatOpenTags(PA_Tag*& pStart, PA_Tag*& pEnd){
if(m_tf & TF_BOLD){ edt_AddTag( pStart, pEnd, P_BOLD, FALSE ); }
if(m_tf & TF_ITALIC){ edt_AddTag( pStart, pEnd, P_ITALIC, FALSE ); }
if(m_tf & TF_FIXED){ edt_AddTag( pStart, pEnd, P_FIXED, FALSE ); }
if(m_tf & TF_SUPER){ edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_SUPER, FALSE ); }
if(m_tf & TF_SUB){ edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_SUB, FALSE ); }
if(m_tf & TF_NOBREAK){ edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_NOBREAK, FALSE ); }
if(m_tf & TF_STRIKEOUT){ edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_STRIKEOUT, FALSE ); }
if(m_tf & TF_UNDERLINE){ edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_UNDERLINE, FALSE ); }
if(m_tf & TF_BLINK){ edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_BLINK, FALSE ); }
if(m_tf & TF_SPELL){ edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_SPELL, FALSE ); }
if(m_tf & TF_INLINEINPUT){ edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_INLINEINPUT, FALSE ); }
if(m_tf & TF_INLINEINPUTTHICK){ edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_INLINEINPUTTHICK, FALSE ); }
if(m_tf & TF_INLINEINPUTDOTTED){ edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_INLINEINPUTDOTTED, FALSE ); }
// Face and color have to come before size for old browsers.
if( m_tf & TF_FONT_FACE ){
char buf[200];
XP_STRCPY( buf, " FACE=\"" );
strcat( buf, m_pFace );
strcat( buf, "\">" );
edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_FONT, FALSE, buf );
}
if ( m_tf & TF_FONT_WEIGHT ) {
char buf[20];
PR_snprintf(buf, 20, " FONT-WEIGHT=%d>", m_iWeight);
edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_FONT, FALSE, buf );
}
if ( m_tf & TF_FONT_POINT_SIZE ) {
char buf[20];
PR_snprintf(buf, 20, " POINT-SIZE=%d>", m_iPointSize);
edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_FONT, FALSE, buf );
}
if( GetColor().IsDefined() ){
char buf[20];
PR_snprintf(buf, 20, "COLOR=\"#%06lX\">", GetColor().GetAsLong() );
edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_FONT, FALSE, buf );
}
if( m_tf & TF_FONT_SIZE ){
char buf[20];
XP_STRCPY( buf, " SIZE=" );
int i = XP_STRLEN(buf);
buf[i] = (GetFontSize() < 3 ? '-': '+');
buf[i+1] = '0' + abs(GetFontSize() - 3);
buf[i+2] = '>';
buf[i+3] = 0;
edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_FONT, FALSE, buf );
}
if( m_tf & TF_HREF){
char *pBuf = PR_smprintf("HREF=%s %s\">", edt_MakeParamString(m_href->hrefStr),
(m_href->pExtra ? m_href->pExtra : "") );
edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_ANCHOR, FALSE, pBuf );
free( pBuf );
}
// if EVAL, hack the character attributes...
#ifdef USE_SCRIPT
if(m_tf & TF_SERVER){
edt_AddTag( pStart, pEnd, P_SERVER, FALSE );
return;
}
if(m_tf & TF_SCRIPT){
edt_AddTag( pStart, pEnd, P_SCRIPT, FALSE );
return;
}
if(m_tf & TF_STYLE){
edt_AddTag( pStart, pEnd, P_STYLE, FALSE );
return;
}
#endif
}
void CEditTextElement::FormatTransitionTags(CEditTextElement* /* pNext */,
PA_Tag*& /* pStart */, PA_Tag*& /* pEnd */){
}
void CEditTextElement::FormatCloseTags(PA_Tag*& pStart, PA_Tag*& pEnd){
// WARNING: order here is real important, Open and Close must match
// exactly.
// if EVAL must be last
#ifdef USE_SCRIPT
if(m_tf & TF_STYLE){
edt_AddTag( pStart, pEnd, P_STYLE, TRUE );
}
if(m_tf & TF_SCRIPT){
edt_AddTag( pStart, pEnd, P_SCRIPT, TRUE );
}
if(m_tf & TF_SERVER){
edt_AddTag( pStart, pEnd, P_SERVER, TRUE );
}
#endif
//if(m_href){ edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_ITALIC, FALSE ); }
if( m_tf & TF_HREF ){ edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_ANCHOR, TRUE );}
if( m_tf & TF_FONT_SIZE ){edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_FONT, TRUE );}
if( GetColor().IsDefined() ){edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_FONT, TRUE );}
if( m_tf & TF_FONT_POINT_SIZE ) edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_FONT, TRUE );
if( m_tf & TF_FONT_WEIGHT ) edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_FONT, TRUE );
if( m_tf & TF_FONT_FACE ) edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_FONT, TRUE );
if(m_tf & TF_INLINEINPUTDOTTED ){ edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_INLINEINPUTDOTTED, TRUE); }
if(m_tf & TF_INLINEINPUTTHICK ){ edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_INLINEINPUTTHICK, TRUE); }
if(m_tf & TF_INLINEINPUT ){ edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_INLINEINPUT, TRUE); }
if(m_tf & TF_SPELL ){ edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_SPELL, TRUE); }
if(m_tf & TF_BLINK ){ edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_BLINK, TRUE); }
if(m_tf & TF_STRIKEOUT ){ edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_STRIKEOUT, TRUE); }
if(m_tf & TF_UNDERLINE ){ edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_UNDERLINE, TRUE); }
if(m_tf & TF_NOBREAK ){ edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_NOBREAK, TRUE); }
if(m_tf & TF_SUB ){ edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_SUB, TRUE); }
if(m_tf & TF_SUPER ){ edt_AddTag( pStart,pEnd, P_SUPER, TRUE); }
if(m_tf & TF_FIXED ){ edt_AddTag( pStart, pEnd, P_FIXED, TRUE); }
if(m_tf & TF_ITALIC ){ edt_AddTag( pStart, pEnd, P_ITALIC, TRUE); }
if(m_tf & TF_BOLD ){ edt_AddTag( pStart, pEnd, P_BOLD, TRUE); }
}
//
// Create a text tag. We are going to be feeding these tags to the layout
// engine. The layout element this edit element points to is going to change.
//
PA_Tag* CEditTextElement::TagOpen( int iEditOffset ){
// LTNOTE: I think that we only want to do this if we are the first text
// in the container, other wise, we don't do anything.
PA_Tag *pStart = 0;
PA_Tag *pEnd = 0;
XP_Bool bFirst = IsFirstInContainer();
if( GetLen() == 0 && (!bFirst || (bFirst && LeafInContainerAfter() != 0))){
return 0;
}
PA_Tag *pTag = XP_NEW( PA_Tag );
XP_BZERO( pTag, sizeof( PA_Tag ) );
FormatOpenTags( pStart, pEnd );
if( pStart == 0 ){
pStart = pTag;
}
if( pEnd ){
pEnd->next = pTag;
}
pEnd = pTag;
if(GetLen() == 0){
// As of 3.0b5, a non-breaking space always caused a memory leak when
// it was laid out. See bug 23404
// So use a different character here. The character is
// removed by code in CEditBuffer::Relayout
#ifdef USE_PERIOD_FOR_BLANK_LAYOUT
SetTagData(pTag, ".");
#else
SetTagData(pTag, NON_BREAKING_SPACE_STRING);
#endif
//SetTagData(pTag, "");
}
else {
SetTagData(pTag, GetTextWithConvertedSpaces()+iEditOffset);
}
if( iEditOffset==0 ){
m_pFirstLayoutElement = 0;
}
FormatCloseTags( pStart, pEnd );
return pStart;
}
XP_Bool CEditTextElement::GetLOTextAndOffset( ElementOffset iEditOffset, XP_Bool bStickyAfter, LO_TextStruct*& pRetText,
int& iLayoutOffset ){
LO_TextStruct *pText;
LO_Element* pLoElement = m_pFirstLayoutElement;
XP_ASSERT(!pLoElement || pLoElement->lo_any.edit_offset == 0);
intn len = GetLen();
while(pLoElement != 0){
if( pLoElement->type == LO_TEXT ){
// if we have scanned past our edit element, we can't find the
// insert point.
pText = &(pLoElement->lo_text);
if( pText->edit_element != this){
/* assert(0)
*/
return FALSE;
}
int16 textLen = pText->text_len;
int32 loEnd = pText->edit_offset + textLen;
//
// See if we are at the dreaded lopped of the last space case.
//
if( loEnd+1 == iEditOffset ){
// ok, we've scaned past the end of the Element
if( len == iEditOffset && m_pText[iEditOffset-1] == ' '){
// we wraped to the next element. Return the next Text Element.
CEditElement *pNext = FindNextElement(&CEditElement::FindText,0);
if( pNext ){
return pNext->Text()->GetLOTextAndOffset( 0, FALSE, pRetText, iLayoutOffset );
}
// we should have all these cases handled now.
// jhp Nope. (a least as of Beta 2) If you have a very narrow document,
// and you
// type in two lines of text, and you're at the end of the
// second line, and you type a space, and the
// space causes a line wrap, then you end up here.
// XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
return FALSE;
}
}
if( loEnd > iEditOffset || (loEnd == iEditOffset
&& (!bStickyAfter || len == iEditOffset || textLen == 0 ) ) ){
// we've found the right element, return the information.
iLayoutOffset = iEditOffset - pText->edit_offset;
pRetText = pText;
return TRUE;
}
}
pLoElement = pLoElement->lo_any.next;
}
return FALSE;
}
LO_TextStruct* CEditTextElement::GetLOText( int iEditOffset ){
LO_TextStruct *pText;
LO_Element* pLoElement = m_pFirstLayoutElement;
while(pLoElement != 0){
if( pLoElement->type == LO_TEXT ){
// if we have scanned past our edit element, we can't find the
// insert point.
pText = &(pLoElement->lo_text);
if( pText->edit_element != this){
return 0;
}
if( pText->edit_offset > iEditOffset ){
return 0;
}
if( pText->edit_offset + pText->text_len >= iEditOffset ){
// we've found the right element, return the information.
return pText;
}
}
pLoElement = pLoElement->lo_any.next;
}
return 0;
}
LO_TextBlock* CEditTextElement::GetTextBlock()
{
return m_pTextBlock;
}
XP_Bool CEditTextElement::CanReflow() {
// we can only reflow if we have a text block
return m_pTextBlock != NULL;
}
void CEditTextElement::PrintTagOpen( CPrintState *pPrintState, TagType t,
ED_TextFormat tf, char* pExtra ){
if ( ! pExtra ) pExtra = ">";
pPrintState->m_iCharPos += pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "<%s%s",
EDT_TagString(t), pExtra );
pPrintState->m_formatStack.Push(tf);
pPrintState->m_elementStack.Push(this);
}
void CEditTextElement::PrintFormatDifference( CPrintState *ps,
ED_TextFormat bitsDifferent ){
if(bitsDifferent & TF_BOLD){ PrintTagOpen( ps, P_BOLD, TF_BOLD ); }
if(bitsDifferent & TF_ITALIC){ PrintTagOpen( ps, P_ITALIC, TF_ITALIC ); }
if(bitsDifferent & TF_FIXED){ PrintTagOpen( ps, P_FIXED, TF_FIXED ); }
if(bitsDifferent & TF_SUPER){ PrintTagOpen( ps, P_SUPER, TF_SUPER ); }
if(bitsDifferent & TF_SUB){ PrintTagOpen( ps, P_SUB, TF_SUB ); }
if(bitsDifferent & TF_NOBREAK){ PrintTagOpen( ps, P_NOBREAK, TF_NOBREAK ); }
if(bitsDifferent & TF_STRIKEOUT){ PrintTagOpen( ps, P_STRIKEOUT, TF_STRIKEOUT ); }
if(bitsDifferent & TF_UNDERLINE){ PrintTagOpen( ps, P_UNDERLINE, TF_UNDERLINE ); }
if(bitsDifferent & TF_BLINK){ PrintTagOpen( ps, P_BLINK, TF_BLINK ); }
if(bitsDifferent & TF_SPELL){ /*do nothing*/ }
if(bitsDifferent & TF_INLINEINPUT){ /*do nothing*/ }
if(bitsDifferent & TF_INLINEINPUTTHICK){ /*do nothing*/ }
if(bitsDifferent & TF_INLINEINPUTDOTTED){ /*do nothing*/ }
// Face and color have to preceed FONT_SIZE, or else old browsers will
// reset the font_size to zero when they encounter the unknown tags.
if( bitsDifferent & TF_FONT_FACE ){
ps->m_iCharPos += ps->m_pOut->Printf( "<FONT FACE=\"%s\">", m_pFace);
ps->m_formatStack.Push(TF_FONT_FACE);
ps->m_elementStack.Push(this);
}
if( bitsDifferent & TF_FONT_WEIGHT ){
ps->m_iCharPos += ps->m_pOut->Printf( "<FONT FONT-WEIGHT=\"%d\">", m_iWeight);
ps->m_formatStack.Push(TF_FONT_WEIGHT);
ps->m_elementStack.Push(this);
}
if( bitsDifferent & TF_FONT_POINT_SIZE ){
ps->m_iCharPos += ps->m_pOut->Printf( "<FONT POINT-SIZE=\"%d\">", m_iPointSize);
ps->m_formatStack.Push(TF_FONT_POINT_SIZE);
ps->m_elementStack.Push(this);
}
if( bitsDifferent & TF_FONT_COLOR ){
ps->m_iCharPos += ps->m_pOut->Printf( "<FONT COLOR=\"#%06lX\">",
GetColor().GetAsLong() );
ps->m_formatStack.Push(TF_FONT_COLOR);
ps->m_elementStack.Push(this);
}
if( bitsDifferent & TF_FONT_SIZE ){
char buf[4];
buf[0] = (GetFontSize() < 3 ? '-': '+');
buf[1] = '0' + abs(GetFontSize() - 3);
buf[2] = 0;
ps->m_iCharPos += ps->m_pOut->Printf( "<FONT SIZE=%s>", buf);
ps->m_formatStack.Push(TF_FONT_SIZE);
ps->m_elementStack.Push(this);
}
if( bitsDifferent & TF_HREF){
// doesn't use the output routine because HREF can be large.
char *pS1 = "";
char *pS2 = "";
if( m_href->pExtra ){
pS1 = " ";
pS2 = m_href->pExtra;
}
ps->m_iCharPos += ps->m_pOut->Printf(
"<A HREF=%s%s%s>", edt_MakeParamString(m_href->hrefStr), pS1, pS2 );
ps->m_formatStack.Push(TF_HREF);
ps->m_elementStack.Push(this);
}
#ifdef USE_SCRIPT
if(bitsDifferent & TF_STYLE){
PrintTagOpen( ps, P_STYLE, TF_STYLE, GetScriptExtra() ); }
if(bitsDifferent & TF_SCRIPT){
PrintTagOpen( ps, P_SCRIPT, TF_SCRIPT, GetScriptExtra() ); }
if(bitsDifferent & TF_SERVER){ PrintTagOpen( ps, P_SERVER, TF_SERVER, GetScriptExtra() ); }
#endif
}
void CEditTextElement::PrintFormat( CPrintState *ps,
CEditTextElement *pFirst,
ED_TextFormat mask ){
ED_TextFormat bitsCommon = 0;
ED_TextFormat bitsDifferent = 0;
ComputeDifference(pFirst, mask, bitsCommon, bitsDifferent);
CEditTextElement *pNext = (CEditTextElement*) TextInContainerAfter();
if( bitsCommon ){
// While we're in a run of the same style, there's nothing to do.
// Avoid unnescessary recursion so we don't blow the stack on Mac or Win16
while ( pNext && SameAttributes(pNext) ){
pNext = (CEditTextElement*) pNext->TextInContainerAfter();
}
if( pNext ){
pNext->PrintFormat( ps, pFirst, bitsCommon );
}
else {
// we hit the end, so we have to open everything
pFirst->PrintFormatDifference( ps, bitsCommon);
}
}
if( bitsDifferent ){
pFirst->PrintFormatDifference( ps, bitsDifferent );
}
}
XP_Bool CEditTextElement::SameFormat(CEditTextElement *pCompare)
{
XP_Bool bSame = SameAttributes(pCompare);
if( bSame )
{
bSame = (m_tf == pCompare->m_tf) ? TRUE : FALSE;
}
return bSame;
}
XP_Bool CEditTextElement::SameAttributes(CEditTextElement *pCompare){
ED_TextFormat bitsCommon;
ED_TextFormat bitsDifferent;
ComputeDifference(pCompare, -1, bitsCommon, bitsDifferent);
return ( bitsCommon == m_tf);
}
void CEditTextElement::ComputeDifference(CEditTextElement *pFirst,
ED_TextFormat mask, ED_TextFormat& bitsCommon, ED_TextFormat& bitsDifferent){
bitsCommon = m_tf & mask;
bitsDifferent = mask & ~bitsCommon;
if( (bitsCommon & TF_FONT_SIZE)&& (GetFontSize() != pFirst->GetFontSize())){
bitsCommon &= ~TF_FONT_SIZE;
bitsDifferent |= TF_FONT_SIZE;
}
if( (bitsCommon & TF_FONT_COLOR)&& (GetColor() != pFirst->GetColor())){
bitsCommon &= ~TF_FONT_COLOR;
bitsDifferent |= TF_FONT_COLOR;
}
if( (bitsCommon & TF_FONT_POINT_SIZE)&& (GetFontPointSize() != pFirst->GetFontPointSize())){
bitsCommon &= ~TF_FONT_POINT_SIZE;
bitsDifferent |= TF_FONT_POINT_SIZE;
}
if( (bitsCommon & TF_FONT_WEIGHT)&& (GetFontWeight() != pFirst->GetFontWeight())){
bitsCommon &= ~TF_FONT_WEIGHT;
bitsDifferent |= TF_FONT_WEIGHT;
}
//CLM: These pointers were sometimes NULL
char * pFontFace = GetFontFace();
char * pFirstFontFace = pFirst->GetFontFace();
// Assure that we have strings to compare for font face
if( !pFontFace ){
pFontFace = " ";
}
if( !pFirstFontFace ){
pFirstFontFace = " ";
}
if( (bitsCommon & TF_FONT_FACE) && XP_STRCMP(pFontFace,pFirstFontFace) != 0 ){
bitsCommon &= ~TF_FONT_FACE;
bitsDifferent |= TF_FONT_FACE;
}
if( bitsCommon & TF_FONT_FACE ) {
char* a = GetFontFace();
char* b = pFirst->GetFontFace();
XP_Bool bA = a != NULL;
XP_Bool bB = b != NULL;
if ((bA ^ bB) ||
(bA && bB && XP_STRCMP(a, b) != 0)) {
bitsCommon &= ~TF_FONT_FACE;
bitsDifferent |= TF_FONT_FACE;
}
}
if( (bitsCommon & TF_HREF)&& (GetHREF() != pFirst->GetHREF())){
bitsCommon &= ~TF_HREF;
bitsDifferent |= TF_HREF;
}
}
void CEditTextElement::PrintTagClose( CPrintState *ps, TagType t ){
ps->m_iCharPos += ps->m_pOut->Printf( "</%s>",
EDT_TagString(t) );
}
void CEditTextElement::PrintPopFormat( CPrintState *ps, int iStackTop ){
while( ps->m_formatStack.m_iTop >= iStackTop ){
ED_TextFormat tf = (ED_TextFormat) ps->m_formatStack.Pop();
ps->m_elementStack.Pop();
#ifdef USE_SCRIPT
if( tf & TF_STYLE){ PrintTagClose( ps, P_STYLE ); }
if( tf & TF_SCRIPT){ PrintTagClose( ps, P_SCRIPT ); }
if( tf & TF_SERVER){ PrintTagClose( ps, P_SERVER ); }
#endif
if( tf & TF_BOLD){ PrintTagClose( ps, P_BOLD ); }
if( tf & TF_ITALIC){ PrintTagClose( ps, P_ITALIC ); }
if( tf & TF_FIXED){ PrintTagClose( ps, P_FIXED ); }
if( tf & TF_SUPER){ PrintTagClose( ps, P_SUPER ); }
if( tf & TF_SUB){ PrintTagClose( ps, P_SUB ); }
if( tf & TF_NOBREAK){ PrintTagClose( ps, P_NOBREAK ); }
if( tf & TF_STRIKEOUT){ PrintTagClose( ps, P_STRIKEOUT ); }
if( tf & TF_UNDERLINE){ PrintTagClose( ps, P_UNDERLINE ); }
if( tf & TF_BLINK){ PrintTagClose( ps, P_BLINK ); }
if( tf & TF_SPELL){ /* do nothing */ }
if( tf & TF_INLINEINPUT){ /* do nothing */ }
if( tf & TF_INLINEINPUTTHICK){ /* do nothing */ }
if( tf & TF_INLINEINPUTDOTTED){ /* do nothing */ }
if( tf & TF_FONT_SIZE){ PrintTagClose( ps, P_FONT ); }
if( tf & TF_FONT_COLOR){ PrintTagClose( ps, P_FONT ); }
if( tf & TF_FONT_POINT_SIZE){ PrintTagClose( ps, P_FONT ); }
if( tf & TF_FONT_WEIGHT){ PrintTagClose( ps, P_FONT ); }
if( tf & TF_FONT_FACE){ PrintTagClose( ps, P_FONT ); }
if( tf & TF_HREF){ PrintTagClose( ps, P_ANCHOR ); }
}
}
ED_TextFormat CEditTextElement::PrintFormatClose( CPrintState *ps ){
XP_Bool bDiff = FALSE;
ED_TextFormat bitsNeedFormat = m_tf ;
if( ps->m_formatStack.IsEmpty()){
return bitsNeedFormat;
}
int i = -1;
while( !bDiff && ++i <= ps->m_formatStack.m_iTop ){
ED_TextFormat tf = (ED_TextFormat) ps->m_formatStack[i];
if( m_tf & tf ){
if( tf == TF_FONT_COLOR
&& GetColor() != ps->m_elementStack[i]->GetColor()){
bDiff = TRUE;
}
else if( tf == TF_FONT_SIZE
&& GetFontSize() != ps->m_elementStack[i]->GetFontSize()){
bDiff = TRUE;
}
else if( tf == TF_FONT_POINT_SIZE
&& GetFontPointSize() != ps->m_elementStack[i]->GetFontPointSize()){
bDiff = TRUE;
}
else if( tf == TF_FONT_WEIGHT
&& GetFontWeight() != ps->m_elementStack[i]->GetFontWeight()){
bDiff = TRUE;
}
else if( tf == TF_FONT_FACE
&& XP_STRCMP(GetFontFace(), ps->m_elementStack[i]->GetFontFace()) != 0){
bDiff = TRUE;
}
else if( tf == TF_HREF
&& GetHREF() != ps->m_elementStack[i]->GetHREF() ){
bDiff = TRUE;
}
}
else {
bDiff = TRUE;
}
// if the stuff is on the stack, then it doesn't need to be formatted
if( !bDiff ){
bitsNeedFormat &= ~tf;
}
}
PrintPopFormat( ps, i );
return bitsNeedFormat;
}
// for use within
void CEditTextElement::PrintWithEscapes( CPrintState *ps, XP_Bool bTrimTrailingSpaces ){
char *p = GetTextWithConvertedSpaces();
int csid = INTL_DefaultWinCharSetID(ps->m_pBuffer->m_pContext);
// Trim the last non-breaking spaces at the end of a
// top-level paragraph. The spaces just irritate users,
// especially in HTML mail.
// (But don't trim the last nbsp if it's the only thing in the paragraph, or
// else layout will ignore the paragraph.)
// And don't trim them in tables, where they're used to affect column width.
if ( bTrimTrailingSpaces && p && ! LeafInContainerAfter() && ! GetSubDocSkipRoot() ) {
/* find last NBSP by going forward char-by-char */
char *s, *last_nbsp, *end;
s = last_nbsp = p;
end = p + XP_STRLEN(p);
while ((s <= end) && (*s)) {
/* if not nbsp then advance both pointers */
if (*s != NON_BREAKING_SPACE)
last_nbsp = s = INTL_NextChar(csid, s);
else
s = INTL_NextChar(csid, s);
}
if (last_nbsp <= end){
// Don't trim last nbsp if it's the only thing in the paragraph.
if ( p == last_nbsp && IsFirstInContainer() && last_nbsp < end ){
last_nbsp++;
}
*last_nbsp = '\0'; /* points to last nbsp or end of string */
}
}
if( p == 0 ){
#ifndef EDT_DDT
p = NON_BREAKING_SPACE_STRING;
#endif
}
edt_PrintWithEscapes( ps, p, !InFormattedText() );
}
void CEditTextElement::PrintLiteral( CPrintState *ps ){
int iLen = GetLen();
ps->m_pOut->Write( GetText(), iLen );
ps->m_iCharPos += iLen;
}
void CEditTextElement::PrintOpen( CPrintState *ps){
ED_TextFormat bitsToFormat = PrintFormatClose( ps );
CEditTextElement *pNext = (CEditTextElement*) TextInContainerAfter();
if( pNext ){
pNext->PrintFormat( ps, this, bitsToFormat );
}
else {
PrintFormatDifference( ps, bitsToFormat );
}
if ( ps->ShouldPrintSelectionComments(this) ){
// Up to three pieces
int32 index = 0;
if ( ps->ShouldPrintSelectionComment(this, FALSE) ){
index = ps->m_selection.m_start.m_iPos;
if ( 0 < index ) {
PrintRange(ps, 0, index);
}
ps->PrintSelectionComment(FALSE, ps->m_selection.m_start.m_bStickyAfter);
}
if ( ps->ShouldPrintSelectionComment(this, TRUE) ){
int32 oldIndex = index;
index = ps->m_selection.m_end.m_iPos;
if ( oldIndex < index ) {
PrintRange(ps, oldIndex, index);
}
ps->PrintSelectionComment(TRUE, ps->m_selection.m_end.m_bStickyAfter);
}
if ( index < GetLen() ){
PrintRange(ps, index, GetLen());
}
}
else {
PrintOpen2(ps, TRUE);
}
if( pNext == 0 ) {
PrintPopFormat( ps, 0 );
}
}
void CEditTextElement::PrintRange( CPrintState *ps, int32 start, int32 end ){
// We modify m_pText in place and then call PrintOpen2 to do the
// actual printing. (And then we restore m_pText to its original
// condition.)
//
int32 len = GetLen();
if ( start == 0 && end == len ){
PrintOpen2(ps, FALSE);
}
else {
if ( end > len ) {
// This is getting annoying - XP_TRACE instead,
// since we survive it just fine
XP_TRACE(("PrintRange error: end = %d len = %d\n", end, len));
//XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
#ifdef DEBUG_akkana
printf("end = %d len = %d\n", end, len);
#endif
end = len;
}
if ( start < 0 ) {
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
start = 0;
}
if ( start < end && m_pText ) {
char* pText = m_pText;
char save = pText[end];
pText[end] = '\0';
m_pText = pText + start;
// If GetLen() is ever cached we would need to update the cache.
XP_ASSERT(GetLen() == end - start);
PrintOpen2(ps, FALSE);
m_pText = pText;
pText[end] = save;
}
}
}
void CEditTextElement::PrintOpen2( CPrintState *ps, XP_Bool bTrimTrailingSpaces )
{
#ifdef USE_SCRIPT
if( m_tf & (TF_SERVER|TF_SCRIPT|TF_STYLE) ){
PrintLiteral( ps );
}
else {
PrintWithEscapes( ps );
}
#else
PrintWithEscapes( ps, bTrimTrailingSpaces );
#endif
}
XP_Bool CEditTextElement::Reduce( CEditBuffer *pBuffer ){
if( GetLen() == 0 ){
if( pBuffer->m_pCurrent == this
|| (IsFirstInContainer()
&& LeafInContainerAfter() == 0)
){
return FALSE;
}
else {
return TRUE;
}
}
else {
return FALSE;
}
}
#ifdef DEBUG
void CEditTextElement::ValidateTree(){
CEditLeafElement::ValidateTree();
LO_TextStruct *pText = (LO_TextStruct*) GetLayoutElement();
if( GetType() != P_TEXT ){
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
}
if(m_pText && pText ) {
if (pText->edit_element != this){
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
}
if (pText->edit_offset != 0){
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
}
}
XP_Bool bHasLinkTag = (m_tf & TF_HREF) != 0;
XP_Bool bHasLinkRef = (m_href != ED_LINK_ID_NONE);
if( bHasLinkTag != bHasLinkRef ){
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
};
}
#endif // DEBUG
void CEditTextElement::StreamToPositionalText( IStreamOut *pOut, XP_Bool bEnd ){
if( !bEnd ){
char space = ' ';
// Ignore Quoted text, unless there is a selection.
if ( InMailQuote() && !EDT_IsSelected(GetEditBuffer()->m_pContext)) {
// Write out spaces instead of text. This prevents us from spell checking
// quoted text.
int32 len = GetLen();
for(int32 i = 0; i < len; i++){
pOut->Write(&space, 1);
}
}
else {
INTL_CharSetInfo c = LO_GetDocumentCharacterSetInfo(GetEditBuffer()->m_pContext);
int16 csid = INTL_GetCSIWinCSID(c);
if (INTL_CharSetType(csid) == SINGLEBYTE){
pOut->Write(GetText(),GetLen());
}
else{
// Replace any multi-byte characters with spaces, to avoid spell checking
// of Japanese and other far-eastern text.
int32 textLen, charLen=0;
char *pText = GetText();
for (textLen = GetLen(); textLen > 0; textLen -= charLen, pText += charLen){
charLen = INTL_CharLen(csid, (unsigned char *)pText);
if (charLen > 1){
for(int32 i = 0; i < charLen; i++){
pOut->Write(&space, 1);
}
}
else{
pOut->Write(pText, charLen);
}
}
}
}
}
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Insertion routines.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// Split text object into two text objects. Parent is the same.
//
CEditElement* CEditTextElement::SplitText( int iOffset ){
CEditTextElement* pNew = new CEditTextElement( 0, m_pText+iOffset );
m_pText[iOffset] = 0;
GetParent()->Split( this, pNew, &CEditElement::SplitContainerTest, 0 );
return pNew;
}
// Copy
void CEditTextElement::CopyTextFormat( CEditTextElement *pTextElement )
{
if( pTextElement )
{
pTextElement->m_tf = m_tf;
pTextElement->m_iFontSize = m_iFontSize;
pTextElement->m_color = m_color;
pTextElement->SetHREF(m_href);
if ( m_pFace )
pTextElement->SetFontFace(m_pFace);
pTextElement->m_iWeight = m_iWeight;
pTextElement->m_iPointSize = m_iPointSize;
if ( m_pScriptExtra )
pTextElement->SetScriptExtra(m_pScriptExtra);
}
}
CEditTextElement* CEditTextElement::CopyEmptyText( CEditElement *pParent )
{
CEditTextElement* pNew = new CEditTextElement(pParent, 0);
CopyTextFormat(pNew);
return pNew;
}
void CEditTextElement::DeleteText(){
CEditElement *pKill = this;
CEditElement *pParent;
do {
pParent = pKill->GetParent();
pKill->Unlink();
delete pKill;
pKill = pParent;
} while( BitSet( edt_setCharFormat, pKill->GetType() ) && pKill->GetChild() == 0 );
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CEditImageElement
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// LTNOTE: these should be static functions on CEditImageData..
//
EDT_ImageData* edt_NewImageData(){
EDT_ImageData *pData = XP_NEW( EDT_ImageData );
if( pData == 0 ){
// throw();
return pData;
}
pData->bIsMap = FALSE;
// pData->pUseMap = 0; now in pExtra
pData->align = ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT;
pData->pSrc = 0;
pData->pLowSrc = 0;
pData->pName = 0;
pData->pAlt = 0;
pData->iWidth = 0;
pData->iHeight = 0;
pData->iOriginalWidth = 0;
pData->iOriginalHeight = 0;
pData->bWidthPercent = FALSE;
pData->bHeightPercent = FALSE;
pData->iHSpace = 0;
pData->iVSpace = 0;
pData->iBorder = -1;
pData->bNoSave = FALSE;
pData->pHREFData = NULL;
pData->pExtra = 0;
return pData;
}
EDT_ImageData* edt_DupImageData( EDT_ImageData *pOldData ){
EDT_ImageData *pData = XP_NEW( EDT_ImageData );
// pData->pUseMap = edt_StrDup(pOldData->pUseMap); now in pExtra
pData->pSrc = edt_StrDup(pOldData->pSrc);
pData->pName = edt_StrDup(pOldData->pName);
pData->pLowSrc = edt_StrDup(pOldData->pLowSrc);
pData->pAlt = edt_StrDup(pOldData->pAlt);
pData->pExtra = edt_StrDup(pOldData->pExtra);
pData->bIsMap = pOldData->bIsMap;
pData->align = pOldData->align;
pData->iWidth = pOldData->iWidth;
pData->iHeight = pOldData->iHeight;
pData->iOriginalWidth = pOldData->iOriginalWidth;
pData->iOriginalHeight = pOldData->iOriginalHeight;
pData->bWidthPercent = pOldData->bWidthPercent;
pData->bHeightPercent = pOldData->bHeightPercent;
pData->iHSpace = pOldData->iHSpace;
pData->iVSpace = pOldData->iVSpace;
pData->iBorder = pOldData->iBorder;
pData->bNoSave = pOldData->bNoSave;
if( pOldData->pHREFData ){
pData->pHREFData = EDT_DupHREFData( pOldData->pHREFData );
}
else {
pData->pHREFData = 0;
}
return pData;
}
void edt_FreeImageData( EDT_ImageData *pData ){
// if( pData->pUseMap ) XP_FREE( pData->pUseMap ); now in pExtra
if( pData->pSrc ) XP_FREE( pData->pSrc );
if( pData->pLowSrc ) XP_FREE( pData->pLowSrc );
if( pData->pName ) XP_FREE( pData->pName );
if( pData->pAlt ) XP_FREE( pData->pAlt );
if( pData->pExtra ) XP_FREE( pData->pExtra );
if( pData->pHREFData ) EDT_FreeHREFData( pData->pHREFData );
XP_FREE( pData );
}
//
// Constructors, Streamers..
//
CEditImageElement::CEditImageElement( CEditElement *pParent, PA_Tag* pTag, int16 csid,
ED_LinkId href ):
CEditLeafElement( pParent, P_IMAGE ),
m_pLoImage(0),
m_pParams(0),
m_iHeight(0),
m_iWidth(0),
m_bWidthPercent(0),
m_bHeightPercent(0),
m_iSaveIndex(0),
m_iSaveLowIndex(0),
m_href(ED_LINK_ID_NONE),
m_align( ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT),
m_bSizeWasGiven(FALSE),
m_bSizeIsBogus(FALSE)
{
// must set href before calling SetImageData to allow GetDefaultBorder to work
if( href != ED_LINK_ID_NONE ){
SetHREF( href );
}
if( pTag ){
EDT_ImageData *pData = ParseParams( pTag, csid );
SetImageData( pData );
edt_FreeImageData( pData );
}
}
CEditImageElement::CEditImageElement(IStreamIn *pStreamIn, CEditBuffer *pBuffer):
CEditLeafElement(pStreamIn, pBuffer),
m_pLoImage(0),
m_pParams(0),
m_href(ED_LINK_ID_NONE),
m_align(ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT) {
m_align = (ED_Alignment) pStreamIn->ReadInt();
m_bSizeWasGiven = pStreamIn->ReadInt() ? TRUE : FALSE;
m_bSizeIsBogus = pStreamIn->ReadInt() ? TRUE : FALSE;
m_iHeight = pStreamIn->ReadInt();
m_iWidth = pStreamIn->ReadInt();
m_bWidthPercent = pStreamIn->ReadInt();
m_bHeightPercent = pStreamIn->ReadInt();
m_pParams = pStreamIn->ReadZString();
char *pHrefString = pStreamIn->ReadZString();
char *pExtra = pStreamIn->ReadZString();
if( pHrefString ){
SetHREF( pBuffer->linkManager.Add( pHrefString, pExtra ));
XP_FREE( pHrefString );
if( pExtra ) XP_FREE( pExtra );
}
}
CEditImageElement::~CEditImageElement(){
DisconnectLayoutElements((LO_Element*) m_pLoImage);
if( m_pParams) XP_FREE( m_pParams );
if( m_href != ED_LINK_ID_NONE ) m_href->Release();
}
// Return TRUE if pURL has changed.
PRIVATE XP_Bool edt_make_image_relative(char *pBase,char **pURL) {
if (!pBase || !*pBase || !pURL || !*pURL || !**pURL) {
// Base and pURL must be existing non-empty strings.
return FALSE;
}
if ((*pURL)[0] == '/' || !EDT_IsImageURL(*pURL)) {
// Don't change URL if using absolute pathing.
// or not really an image file
return FALSE;
}
char *pAbs = NET_MakeAbsoluteURL(pBase,*pURL); // In case pURL was already relative.
char *pRel;
NET_MakeRelativeURL(pBase,pAbs,&pRel);
XP_FREEIF(pAbs);
if (pRel && XP_STRCMP(pRel,*pURL)) {
// pRel exists and is different than original value.
XP_FREEIF(*pURL);
*pURL = pRel;
return TRUE;
}
else {
XP_FREEIF(pRel);
return FALSE;
}
}
void CEditImageElement::SetLayoutElement( intn iEditOffset, intn lo_type,
LO_Element* pLoElement ){
SetLayoutElementHelper(LO_IMAGE, (LO_Element**) &m_pLoImage,
iEditOffset, lo_type, pLoElement);
// Zero out the image_req field. We "know" that it is garbage at this point.
pLoElement->lo_image.image_req = 0;
// Make image URLs relative to document. bug 41009.
EDT_ImageData *pData = GetImageData();
CEditBuffer *pBuffer = GetEditBuffer();
if( pData ) {
XP_Bool bChanged = FALSE;
if (pBuffer && !EDT_IS_NEW_DOCUMENT(pBuffer->m_pContext)){
if (edt_make_image_relative(pBuffer->GetBaseURL(),&pData->pSrc)) {
bChanged = TRUE;
}
if (edt_make_image_relative(pBuffer->GetBaseURL(),&pData->pLowSrc)) {
bChanged = TRUE;
}
}
if (bChanged) {
SetImageData(pData);
}
edt_FreeImageData(pData);
}
}
void CEditImageElement::ResetLayoutElement( intn iEditOffset,
LO_Element* pLoElement ){
ResetLayoutElementHelper((LO_Element**) &m_pLoImage,
iEditOffset, pLoElement);
}
LO_Element* CEditImageElement::GetLayoutElement(){
return (LO_Element*)m_pLoImage;
}
void CEditImageElement::StreamOut( IStreamOut *pOut){
CEditLeafElement::StreamOut( pOut );
pOut->WriteInt( (int32)m_align );
pOut->WriteInt( m_bSizeWasGiven );
pOut->WriteInt( m_bSizeIsBogus );
pOut->WriteInt( m_iHeight );
pOut->WriteInt( m_iWidth );
pOut->WriteInt( m_bWidthPercent );
pOut->WriteInt( m_bHeightPercent );
// We need to make the Image Src and LowSrc Parameters absolute.
// We do this by first converting the parameter string to and Edit
// data structure and then making the paths absolute.
EDT_ImageData *pData = GetImageData();
CEditBuffer *pBuffer = GetEditBuffer();
if( pData && pBuffer && pBuffer->GetBaseURL() ){
char *p;
if( pData->pSrc ) {
p = NET_MakeAbsoluteURL( pBuffer->GetBaseURL(), pData->pSrc );
if( p ){
XP_FREE( pData->pSrc );
pData->pSrc = p;
}
}
if( pData->pLowSrc ) {
p = NET_MakeAbsoluteURL( pBuffer->GetBaseURL(), pData->pLowSrc );
if( p ){
XP_FREE( pData->pLowSrc );
pData->pLowSrc = p;
}
}
// Format the parameters for output.
p = FormatParams( pData, TRUE );
pOut->WriteZString( p );
XP_FREE(p);
edt_FreeImageData( pData );
}
else {
pOut->WriteZString( m_pParams );
}
if( m_href != ED_LINK_ID_NONE ){
// Must make URLs absolute when copying
CEditBuffer *pBuffer = GetEditBuffer();
char *pAbsolute = NULL;
if( pBuffer )
pAbsolute = NET_MakeAbsoluteURL(LO_GetBaseURL(pBuffer->m_pContext), m_href->hrefStr);
if( pAbsolute )
{
pOut->WriteZString( pAbsolute );
XP_FREE(pAbsolute);
}
else
pOut->WriteZString( m_href->hrefStr );
pOut->WriteZString( m_href->pExtra );
}
else {
pOut->WriteZString( 0 );
pOut->WriteZString( 0 );
}
}
EEditElementType CEditImageElement::GetElementType()
{
return eImageElement;
}
PA_Tag* CEditImageElement::TagOpen( int /* iEditOffset */ ){
char *pCur = 0;
PA_Tag *pRetTag = 0;
PA_Tag *pEndTag = 0;
if( m_href != ED_LINK_ID_NONE ){
char *pBuf = PR_smprintf("HREF=%s %s>", edt_MakeParamString(m_href->hrefStr),
(m_href->pExtra ? m_href->pExtra : "") );
edt_AddTag( pRetTag, pEndTag, P_ANCHOR, FALSE, pBuf );
free( pBuf );
}
if( m_pParams ){
if( SizeIsKnown() ){
// Append the HEIGHT and WIDTH params, taking into account "%" mode
pCur = XP_STRDUP(m_pParams);
if( m_bHeightPercent ){
pCur = PR_sprintf_append( pCur, " HEIGHT=\"%ld%%\" ",
(long)min(100,max(1,m_iHeight)) );
}
else {
pCur = PR_sprintf_append( pCur, " HEIGHT=\"%ld\" ", (long)m_iHeight );
}
if( m_bWidthPercent ){
pCur = PR_sprintf_append( pCur, " WIDTH=\"%ld%%\" ",
(long)min(100,max(1,m_iWidth)) );
}
else {
pCur = PR_sprintf_append( pCur, " WIDTH=\"%ld\" ", (long)m_iWidth );
}
//CLM: Not sure if this is best behavior, but if size is
// already set in HTML, should consider that to be "original"?
// Maybe we should fill in here if we will end up getting same values in FinishedLoad
//m_iOriginalHeight = m_iHeight;
//m_iOriginalWidth = m_iWidth;
}
else {
// We don't know the size, but if we don't give a size,
// and if the image isn't known, we will block and
// crash. So we put in a bogus size here, and take it
// out in FinishedLoad if there's image data available.
m_bSizeIsBogus = TRUE;
pCur = PR_smprintf("%s HEIGHT=24 WIDTH=22", m_pParams );
}
}
// For editing, we don't support baseline, left or right alignment of images.
if( m_align != ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT && m_align != ED_ALIGN_BASELINE
&& m_align != ED_ALIGN_LEFT && m_align != ED_ALIGN_RIGHT ){
pCur = PR_sprintf_append(pCur, "ALIGN=%s ", EDT_AlignString(m_align) );
}
pCur = PR_sprintf_append(pCur, ">");
edt_AddTag( pRetTag, pEndTag, P_IMAGE, FALSE, pCur );
pEndTag->edit_element = this;
if( m_href != ED_LINK_ID_NONE ){
edt_AddTag( pRetTag, pEndTag, P_ANCHOR, TRUE );
}
free( pCur );
return pRetTag;
}
void CEditImageElement::PrintOpen( CPrintState *pPrintState ){
if( m_href != ED_LINK_ID_NONE ){
char *pS1 = "";
char *pS2 = "";
if( m_href->pExtra ){
pS1 = " ";
pS2 = m_href->pExtra;
}
//added '\n' to HREF for visual purposes
pPrintState->m_iCharPos += pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf(
"<A HREF=%s%s%s>\n", edt_MakeParamString(m_href->hrefStr), pS1, pS2 );
}
// Use special versions of params which has BORDER removed if it's the default
char* pParams = NULL;
{
EDT_ImageData* pData = GetImageData();
pParams = FormatParams(pData, TRUE);
EDT_FreeImageData(pData);
}
if( SizeIsKnown() && ! m_bSizeIsBogus ){
pPrintState->m_iCharPos += pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "<IMG %s", (pParams ? pParams : " ") );
if( m_bHeightPercent ){
pPrintState->m_iCharPos += pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "HEIGHT=%ld%%", (long)m_iHeight );
} else {
pPrintState->m_iCharPos += pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "HEIGHT=%ld", (long)m_iHeight );
}
if( m_bWidthPercent ){
pPrintState->m_iCharPos += pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( " WIDTH=%ld%%", (long)m_iWidth );
} else {
pPrintState->m_iCharPos += pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( " WIDTH=%ld", (long)m_iWidth );
}
}
else {
pPrintState->m_iCharPos += pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "<IMG %s",
(pParams ? pParams : " " ));
}
if ( pParams )
XP_FREE(pParams);
if( m_align != ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT && m_align != ED_ALIGN_BASELINE ){
pPrintState->m_iCharPos += pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( " ALIGN=%s",
EDT_AlignString(m_align));
}
pPrintState->m_pOut->Write( ">", 1 );
pPrintState->m_iCharPos++;
if( m_href != ED_LINK_ID_NONE ){
pPrintState->m_iCharPos += pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf(
"</A>" );
}
}
static char *imageParams[] = {
PARAM_ISMAP,
// PARAM_USEMAP, Now in extra
PARAM_SRC,
PARAM_LOWSRC,
PARAM_NAME,
PARAM_ALT,
PARAM_WIDTH,
PARAM_HEIGHT,
PARAM_ALIGN,
PARAM_HSPACE,
PARAM_VSPACE,
PARAM_BORDER,
PARAM_ALIGN,
PARAM_NOSAVE,
0
};
EDT_ImageData* CEditImageElement::ParseParams( PA_Tag *pTag, int16 csid ){
PA_Block buff;
EDT_ImageData* pData = edt_NewImageData();
buff = PA_FetchParamValue(pTag, PARAM_ISMAP, csid);
if (buff != NULL){
pData->bIsMap = TRUE;
PA_FREE(buff);
}
buff = PA_FetchParamValue(pTag, PARAM_NOSAVE, csid);
if (buff != NULL){
pData->bNoSave = TRUE;
PA_FREE(buff);
}
pData->pSrc = edt_FetchParamString( pTag, PARAM_SRC, csid );
pData->pLowSrc = edt_FetchParamString( pTag, PARAM_LOWSRC, csid );
pData->pName = edt_FetchParamString( pTag, PARAM_NAME, csid );
pData->pAlt = edt_FetchParamString( pTag, PARAM_ALT, csid );
// Fill in the ALT text string with the filename if none is supplied in HTML
if( pData->pSrc && !pData->pAlt )
{
char *pName = EDT_GetFilename(pData->pSrc, FALSE);
if( pName )
{
pData->pAlt = XP_STRDUP(pName);
XP_FREE(pName);
}
}
// Get width dimension from string and parse for "%" Default = 100%
edt_FetchDimension( pTag, PARAM_WIDTH,
&pData->iWidth, &pData->bWidthPercent,
0, FALSE, csid );
edt_FetchDimension( pTag, PARAM_HEIGHT,
&pData->iHeight, &pData->bHeightPercent,
0, FALSE, csid );
m_bSizeWasGiven = pData->iWidth != 0 && pData->iHeight != 0;
pData->align = edt_FetchParamAlignment( pTag, ED_ALIGN_BASELINE, FALSE, csid );
pData->iHSpace = edt_FetchParamInt( pTag, PARAM_HSPACE, 0, csid );
pData->iVSpace = edt_FetchParamInt( pTag, PARAM_VSPACE, 0, csid );
pData->iBorder = edt_FetchParamInt( pTag, PARAM_BORDER, -1, csid );
pData->pHREFData = 0;
pData->pExtra = edt_FetchParamExtras( pTag, imageParams, csid );
return pData;
}
EDT_ImageData* CEditImageElement::GetImageData(){
EDT_ImageData *pRet;
// LTNOTE: hackola time. We don't want TagOpen to return multiple tags
// in this use, so we prevent it by faking out the href ID and restoring
// it when we are done. Not real maintainable.
ED_LinkId saveHref = m_href;
m_href = ED_LINK_ID_NONE;
PA_Tag* pTag = TagOpen(0);
m_href = saveHref;
pRet = ParseParams( pTag, GetWinCSID() );
if ( m_bSizeIsBogus ) {
pRet->iWidth = 0; pRet->bWidthPercent = FALSE;
pRet->iHeight = 0; pRet->bHeightPercent = FALSE;
}
//CLM: We stored this when image was first loaded:
int originalWidth = 0;
int originalHeight = 0;
if ( m_pLoImage ) {
IL_GetNaturalDimensions( m_pLoImage->image_req, &originalWidth, &originalHeight);
}
pRet->iOriginalWidth = originalWidth;
pRet->iOriginalHeight = originalHeight;
pRet->bWidthPercent = m_bWidthPercent;
pRet->bHeightPercent = m_bHeightPercent;
if( m_href != ED_LINK_ID_NONE )
pRet->pHREFData = m_href->GetData();
// We need to set the link border if there's an HREF or USEMAP
// Unfortunately, we don't explicitly handle USEMAP any more
// so we must fish for it in the tag. We don't worry about win_csid
// (last param) since we just want to know if string exists
char *pUsemap = edt_FetchParamString(pTag, PARAM_USEMAP, CS_FE_ASCII );
if( pUsemap ||
m_href != ED_LINK_ID_NONE )
{
// The only way to consistently show the "default" 2-pixel border
// is to set it to 2 if it was missing in the tag params
if( pRet->iBorder == -1 )
pRet->iBorder = 2; //Don't use GetDefaultBorder - doesn't consider USEMAP
}
pRet->align = m_align;
PA_FreeTag( pTag );
XP_FREEIF(pUsemap);
return pRet;
}
// border is weird. If we are in a link the border is default 2, if
// we are not in a link, border is default 0. In order not to foist this
// weirdness on the user, we are always explicit on our image borders.
// This isn't correct - it doesn't consider if there's a USEMAP
// 9/29/98: This was used by FEs, but now that we always set a border value
// instead of trying to maintain the -1 that means no BORDER param is written,
// this isn't called, so let's not worry about USEMAP
int32 CEditImageElement::GetDefaultBorder(){
return ( m_href != ED_LINK_ID_NONE ) ? 2 : 0;
}
XP_Bool CEditImageElement::GetLOElementAndOffset( ElementOffset iEditOffset, XP_Bool /*bEditStickyAfter*/ ,
LO_Element*& pRetElement,
int& pLayoutOffset ){
pLayoutOffset = 0;
pRetElement = (LO_Element*)m_pLoImage;
pLayoutOffset = (int) iEditOffset;
return TRUE;
}
void CEditImageElement::SetImageData( EDT_ImageData *pData ){
char* pCur = FormatParams(pData, FALSE);
if( m_pParams ){
XP_FREE( m_pParams );
}
m_pParams = pCur;
m_align = pData->align;
if (pData->iHeight != 0 && pData->iWidth != 0 ) {
m_bSizeWasGiven = TRUE;
m_bSizeIsBogus = FALSE;
m_bHeightPercent = pData->bHeightPercent;
m_bWidthPercent = pData->bWidthPercent;
}
else {
m_bSizeWasGiven = FALSE;
//CLM: We were given Width or Height = 0
// so we will get REAL dimensions
// Clearing these willl allow us to retrieve actual dimensions
// on an image that had WIDTH and/or HEIGHT values on 1st load
m_bHeightPercent = 0;
m_bWidthPercent = 0;
}
m_iHeight = pData->iHeight;
m_iWidth = pData->iWidth;
}
char* CEditImageElement::FormatParams(EDT_ImageData* pData, XP_Bool bForPrinting){
char *pCur = 0;
if( pData->bIsMap ){
pCur = PR_sprintf_append( pCur, "ISMAP " );
}
/* USEMAP now in pExtra
if( pData->pUseMap ){
pCur = PR_sprintf_append( pCur, "USEMAP=%s ", edt_MakeParamString(pData->pUseMap) );
}
*/
if( pData->pSrc ){
pCur = PR_sprintf_append( pCur, "SRC=%s ", edt_MakeParamString( pData->pSrc ) );
}
if( pData->pLowSrc ){
pCur = PR_sprintf_append( pCur, "LOWSRC=%s ", edt_MakeParamString( pData->pLowSrc ) );
}
if( pData->pName ){
pCur = PR_sprintf_append( pCur, "NAME=%s ", edt_MakeParamString( pData->pName ) );
}
if( pData->pAlt ){
pCur = PR_sprintf_append( pCur, "ALT=%s ", edt_MakeParamString( pData->pAlt ) );
}
if( pData->iHSpace ){
pCur = PR_sprintf_append( pCur, "HSPACE=%ld ", (long)pData->iHSpace );
}
if( pData->iVSpace ){
pCur = PR_sprintf_append( pCur, "VSPACE=%ld ", (long)pData->iVSpace );
}
if( pData->bNoSave ){
pCur = PR_sprintf_append( pCur, "NOSAVE " );
}
// border is weird. If we are in a link the border is default 2, if
// we are not in a link, border is default 0. When printing, we only write out a
// border if it's different than the default.
//
// Other times, we always write it out because we want it to stay the same even if the
// default border size changes. Whew!
{
if( !bForPrinting || ( pData->iBorder >=0 )){
pCur = PR_sprintf_append( pCur, "BORDER=%ld ", (long)pData->iBorder );
}
}
if( pData->pExtra != 0 ){
pCur = PR_sprintf_append( pCur, "%s ", pData->pExtra);
}
return pCur;
}
void CEditImageElement::FinishedLoad( CEditBuffer *pBuffer ){
if( m_pLoImage ){
if ( ! m_bSizeWasGiven || m_bSizeIsBogus ) {
// The user didn't specify a size. Look at what we got.
m_iHeight = pBuffer->m_pContext->convertPixY * m_pLoImage->height;
m_iWidth = pBuffer->m_pContext->convertPixX * m_pLoImage->width;
// This fixes lots of image size problems (like bug 148158),
// but we will ALWAYS write out the size, even if not in original HTML
m_bSizeIsBogus = FALSE;
}
}
}
void CEditImageElement::SetHREF( ED_LinkId id ){
if( m_href != ED_LINK_ID_NONE ){
m_href->Release();
}
m_href = id;
if( id != ED_LINK_ID_NONE ){
id->AddRef();
}
}
XP_Bool CEditImageElement::SizeIsKnown() {
return m_iHeight > 0;
}
void CEditImageElement::MaskData( EDT_CharacterData*& pData ){
if( pData == 0 ){
pData = GetCharacterData();
return;
}
// An image can have an HREF text format
ED_TextFormat tf = ( m_href == ED_LINK_ID_NONE ) ? 0 : TF_HREF;
ED_TextFormat differences = pData->values ^ tf;
if( differences ){
pData->mask &= ~differences;
}
if( (pData->mask & pData->values & tf & TF_HREF)
&& (pData->linkId != m_href ) ){
pData->mask &= ~TF_HREF;
}
}
EDT_CharacterData* CEditImageElement::GetCharacterData(){
EDT_CharacterData *pData = EDT_NewCharacterData();
// We are only interested in HREF?
// pData->mask = TF_HREF;
pData->mask = -1;
if( m_href != ED_LINK_ID_NONE ){
pData->pHREFData = m_href->GetData();
pData->values = TF_HREF;
}
pData->linkId = m_href;
return pData;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CEditHorizRuleElement
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
CEditHorizRuleElement::CEditHorizRuleElement( CEditElement *pParent, PA_Tag* pTag, int16 /*csid*/ ):
CEditLeafElement( pParent, P_HRULE ),
m_pLoHorizRule(0)
{
if( pTag ){
char *locked_buff;
PA_LOCK(locked_buff, char *, pTag->data );
if( locked_buff ){
SetTagData( locked_buff );
}
PA_UNLOCK(pTag->data);
}
}
CEditHorizRuleElement::CEditHorizRuleElement(IStreamIn *pStreamIn, CEditBuffer *pBuffer):
CEditLeafElement(pStreamIn, pBuffer),
m_pLoHorizRule(0)
{
}
CEditHorizRuleElement::~CEditHorizRuleElement(){
DisconnectLayoutElements((LO_Element*) m_pLoHorizRule);
}
LO_Element* CEditHorizRuleElement::GetLayoutElement(){
return (LO_Element*)m_pLoHorizRule;
}
void CEditHorizRuleElement::SetLayoutElement( intn iEditOffset, intn lo_type,
LO_Element* pLoElement ){
SetLayoutElementHelper(LO_HRULE, (LO_Element**) &m_pLoHorizRule,
iEditOffset, lo_type, pLoElement);
}
void CEditHorizRuleElement::ResetLayoutElement( intn iEditOffset,
LO_Element* pLoElement ){
ResetLayoutElementHelper((LO_Element**) &m_pLoHorizRule,
iEditOffset, pLoElement);
}
void CEditHorizRuleElement::StreamOut( IStreamOut *pOut ){
CEditLeafElement::StreamOut( pOut );
}
EEditElementType CEditHorizRuleElement::GetElementType()
{
return eHorizRuleElement;
}
XP_Bool CEditHorizRuleElement::GetLOElementAndOffset( ElementOffset iEditOffset, XP_Bool /* bEditStickyAfter */,
LO_Element*& pRetElement,
int& pLayoutOffset ){
pRetElement = (LO_Element*)m_pLoHorizRule;
pLayoutOffset = (int) iEditOffset;
return TRUE;
}
// Property Getting and Setting Stuff.
EDT_HorizRuleData* CEditHorizRuleElement::NewData(){
EDT_HorizRuleData *pData = XP_NEW( EDT_HorizRuleData );
if( pData == 0 ){
// throw();
return pData;
}
pData->align = ED_ALIGN_CENTER;
pData->size = DEFAULT_HR_THICKNESS;
pData->bNoShade = 0;
pData->iWidth = 100;
pData->bWidthPercent = TRUE;
pData->pExtra = 0;
return pData;
}
void CEditHorizRuleElement::FreeData( EDT_HorizRuleData *pData ){
if( pData->pExtra ) XP_FREE( pData->pExtra );
XP_FREE( pData );
}
void CEditHorizRuleElement::SetData( EDT_HorizRuleData *pData ){
char *pNew = 0;
if( pData->align == ED_ALIGN_RIGHT || pData->align == ED_ALIGN_LEFT ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "ALIGN=%s ", EDT_AlignString(pData->align) );
}
if( pData->size != DEFAULT_HR_THICKNESS ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "SIZE=%ld ", (long)pData->size );
}
if( pData->bNoShade ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "NOSHADE " );
}
if( pData->iWidth ){
if( pData->bWidthPercent ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "WIDTH=\"%ld%%\" ",
(long)min(100,max(1,pData->iWidth)) );
}
else {
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "WIDTH=\"%ld\" ", (long)pData->iWidth );
}
}
if( pData->pExtra){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "%s ", pData->pExtra );
}
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, ">" );
SetTagData( pNew );
free(pNew);
}
EDT_HorizRuleData* CEditHorizRuleElement::GetData( ){
EDT_HorizRuleData *pRet;
PA_Tag* pTag = TagOpen(0);
pRet = ParseParams( pTag, GetWinCSID() );
PA_FreeTag( pTag );
return pRet;
}
static char *hruleParams[] = {
PARAM_ALIGN,
PARAM_NOSHADE,
PARAM_WIDTH,
PARAM_SIZE,
0
};
EDT_HorizRuleData* CEditHorizRuleElement::ParseParams( PA_Tag *pTag, int16 csid ){
EDT_HorizRuleData *pData = NewData();
ED_Alignment align;
align = edt_FetchParamAlignment( pTag, ED_ALIGN_CENTER, FALSE, csid );
if( align == ED_ALIGN_RIGHT || align == ED_ALIGN_LEFT ){
pData->align = align;
}
// Get width dimension from string and parse for "%" Default = 100%
edt_FetchDimension( pTag, PARAM_WIDTH,
&pData->iWidth, &pData->bWidthPercent,
100, TRUE, csid );
pData->bNoShade = edt_FetchParamBoolExist( pTag, PARAM_NOSHADE, csid );
pData->size = edt_FetchParamInt( pTag, PARAM_SIZE, DEFAULT_HR_THICKNESS, csid );
pData->pExtra = edt_FetchParamExtras( pTag, hruleParams, csid );
return pData;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CEditIconElement
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
static char *ppIconTags[] = {
"align=absbotom border=0 src=\"internal-edit-named-anchor\" alt=\"%s\">",
"align=absbotom border=0 src=\"internal-edit-form-element\">",
"src=\"internal-edit-unsupported-tag\" alt=\"<%s\"",
"src=\"internal-edit-unsupported-end-tag\" alt=\"</%s\"",
"align=absbotom border=0 src=\"internal-edit-java\">",
"align=absbotom border=0 src=\"internal-edit-plugin\">",
0
};
CEditIconElement::CEditIconElement( CEditElement *pParent, int32 iconTag,
PA_Tag* pTag, int16 /*csid*/ )
:
CEditLeafElement( pParent, P_IMAGE ),
m_originalTagType( pTag ? pTag->type : P_UNKNOWN ),
m_iconTag( iconTag ),
m_bEndTag( pTag ? pTag->is_end : 0 ),
m_pSpoofData(0),
m_pLoIcon(0),
m_piSaveIndices(NULL)
{
if( pTag ){
char *locked_buff;
PA_LOCK(locked_buff, char *, pTag->data );
if( locked_buff ){
char *p = locked_buff;
if( m_originalTagType != P_ANCHOR
&& m_originalTagType != P_UNKNOWN ){
while( *p == ' ' ) p++;
char *pSpace = " ";
if( *p == '>' ) pSpace = "";
char *pTagData = PR_smprintf("%s%s%s",
EDT_TagString(m_originalTagType), pSpace, p );
SetTagData( pTagData );
SetTagData( pTag, pTagData );
m_originalTagType = P_UNKNOWN;
free( pTagData );
}
else {
SetTagData( locked_buff );
}
}
PA_UNLOCK(pTag->data);
SetSpoofData( pTag );
}
}
CEditIconElement::~CEditIconElement(){
DisconnectLayoutElements((LO_Element*) m_pLoIcon);
if( m_pSpoofData ){
free( m_pSpoofData );
}
XP_FREEIF(m_piSaveIndices);
}
CEditIconElement::CEditIconElement(IStreamIn *pStreamIn, CEditBuffer *pBuffer):
CEditLeafElement(pStreamIn, pBuffer),
m_pLoIcon(0),
m_piSaveIndices(NULL)
{
m_originalTagType = (TagType) pStreamIn->ReadInt();
m_iconTag = pStreamIn->ReadInt();
m_bEndTag = pStreamIn->ReadInt() ? TRUE : FALSE;
m_pSpoofData = pStreamIn->ReadZString();
}
void CEditIconElement::SetLayoutElement( intn iEditOffset, intn lo_type,
LO_Element* pLoElement ){
SetLayoutElementHelper(LO_IMAGE, (LO_Element**) &m_pLoIcon,
iEditOffset, lo_type, pLoElement);
}
void CEditIconElement::ResetLayoutElement( intn iEditOffset,
LO_Element* pLoElement ){
ResetLayoutElementHelper((LO_Element**) &m_pLoIcon,
iEditOffset, pLoElement);
}
void CEditIconElement::StreamOut( IStreamOut *pOut ){
CEditLeafElement::StreamOut( pOut );
pOut->WriteInt( m_originalTagType );
pOut->WriteInt( m_iconTag );
pOut->WriteInt( m_bEndTag );
pOut->WriteZString( m_pSpoofData );
}
XP_Bool CEditIconElement::GetLOElementAndOffset( ElementOffset iEditOffset, XP_Bool /* bEditStickyAfter */,
LO_Element*& pRetElement,
int& pLayoutOffset ){
pLayoutOffset = 0;
pRetElement = (LO_Element*)m_pLoIcon;
pLayoutOffset = iEditOffset;
return TRUE;
}
PA_Tag* CEditIconElement::TagOpen( int /* iEditOffset */ ){
PA_Tag *pTag = XP_NEW( PA_Tag );
XP_BZERO( pTag, sizeof( PA_Tag ) );
SetTagData( pTag, m_pSpoofData );
return pTag;
}
#define IS_WHITE(p) ((p) == ' ' || (p) == '\r' || (p) == '\n')
PRIVATE XP_Bool IsScriptText2(char* pData, char* pName){
char *p = pData;
while( *p && IS_WHITE(*p) ){
p++;
}
if ( !*p || *p != '<' ) {
return FALSE;
}
p++;
char *n = pName;
while ( *p && * n && ! IS_WHITE(*p) && XP_TO_LOWER(*p) == XP_TO_LOWER(*n) ) {
p++;
n++;
}
if ( *n != 0 || (*p != '>' && ! IS_WHITE(*p)) ) {
// We didn't match the tag!
return FALSE;
}
// Go to the end of the string.
while ( *p ) {
p++;
}
p--;
// Back up to the last '>'. Nothing but whitespace to last '>'
while ( p > pData && (*p != '>' && IS_WHITE(*p) ) ) {
--p;
}
if ( p <= pData || *p != '>' ) {
return FALSE;
}
// Back-match to last '<'
while ( *p && *p != '<' && p > pData ) {
p--;
}
if ( p <= pData || *p != '<' ) {
return FALSE;
}
if ( *++p != '/' ) {
return FALSE;
}
if ( strcasestr(++p, pName) == NULL ) {
return FALSE;
}
p += XP_STRLEN(pName);
if ( *p != '>' && ! IS_WHITE(*p) ) {
return FALSE;
}
return TRUE;
}
PRIVATE XP_Bool IsScriptText(char* pData) {
// Return TRUE if pData is <SCRIPT>...</SCRIPT>, or <STYLE>...</STYLE>, or <SERVER>...</SERVER>
return IsScriptText2(pData, "SCRIPT") || IsScriptText2(pData, "STYLE") || IsScriptText2(pData, "SERVER");
}
//
// Do some heuristic validation to make sure
//
ED_TagValidateResult CEditIconElement::ValidateTag( char *pData, XP_Bool bNoBrackets ){
if ( IsScriptText(pData) ) {
return ED_TAG_OK;
}
char *p = pData;
while( *p && IS_WHITE(*p) ){
p++;
}
if( !bNoBrackets ){
if( *p != '<' ){
return ED_TAG_UNOPENED;
}
else {
p++;
}
if( *p == '/' ){
p++;
}
if( IS_WHITE(*p) ){
return ED_TAG_TAGNAME_EXPECTED;
}
}
// Is this a comment?
XP_Bool isComment = p[0] == '!' && p[1] == '-' && p[2] == '-';
if ( isComment ) {
char* start = p;
while( *p ){
p++;
}
if ( ! bNoBrackets ) {
--p;
}
while ( IS_WHITE(*p) && p > start ) {
p--;
}
XP_Bool endComment = (p >= start + 6) && p[-2] == '-' && p[-1] == '-';
if ( ! endComment ) {
return ED_TAG_PREMATURE_CLOSE; // ToDo: Use a specific error message
}
}
else {
// look for unterminated strings.
while( *p && *p != '>' ){
if( *p == '"' || *p == '\'' ){
char quote = *p++;
while( *p && *p != quote ){
p++;
}
if( *p == 0 ){
return ED_TAG_UNTERMINATED_STRING;
}
}
p++;
}
}
if( bNoBrackets ){
if( *p == 0 ){
return ED_TAG_OK;
}
else {
XP_ASSERT( *p == '>' );
return ED_TAG_PREMATURE_CLOSE;
}
}
else if( *p == '>' ){
p++;
while( IS_WHITE( *p ) ){
p++;
}
if( *p != 0 ){
return ED_TAG_PREMATURE_CLOSE;
}
else {
return ED_TAG_OK;
}
}
else {
XP_ASSERT( *p == 0 );
return ED_TAG_UNCLOSED;
}
}
//
// Restore the original tag type so we save the right tag type when we output
// we print.
//
void CEditIconElement::PrintOpen( CPrintState *pPrintState ){
if( m_originalTagType != P_UNKNOWN ){
TagType tSave = GetType();
SetType( m_originalTagType );
CEditLeafElement::PrintOpen( pPrintState );
SetType( tSave );
}
else {
if( m_bEndTag ){
pPrintState->m_iCharPos += pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "</%s",
GetTagData());
}
else {
pPrintState->m_iCharPos += pPrintState->m_pOut->Printf( "<%s",
GetTagData());
}
}
}
void CEditIconElement::PrintEnd( CPrintState *pPrintState ){
if( m_originalTagType != P_UNKNOWN ){
TagType tSave = GetType();
SetType( m_originalTagType );
CEditLeafElement::PrintEnd( pPrintState );
SetType( tSave );
}
}
char* CEditIconElement::GetData(){
int iLen = XP_STRLEN( GetTagData() );
char *p = (char*)XP_ALLOC( iLen+3 );
char *pRet = p;
*p++ = '<';
if( m_bEndTag ){
*p++ = '/';
}
XP_STRCPY( p, GetTagData() );
return pRet;
}
PRIVATE
void edt_addToStringLists(char **list1,char *start1,char *end1,
char **list2,char *start2,char *end2,
int index) {
int len1 = end1 - start1;
int len2 = end2 - start2;
// Don't allow empty strings.
if ((len1 > 0) && (len2 > 0)) {
// space for trailing NULL.
list1[index] = (char *)XP_ALLOC(len1 + 1);
list2[index] = (char *)XP_ALLOC(len2 + 1);
if (!list1[index] || !list2[index]) {
XP_ASSERT(0);
return;
}
// copy strings.
XP_MEMCPY(list1[index],start1,len1);
list1[index][len1] = '\0';
XP_MEMCPY(list2[index],start2,len2);
list2[index][len2] = '\0';
}
}
int CEditIconElement::ParseLocalData(char ***mimeTypes,char ***URLs) {
int retVal = 0;
*mimeTypes = NULL;
*URLs = NULL;
// Don't want the version with the spoofData, so call ancestor.
PA_Tag *pTag = CEditElement::TagOpen(0);
if (pTag) {
// Don't use edt_FetchParamString because it strips out interior
// white space.
PA_Block buff = PA_FetchParamValue(pTag,PARAM_LOCALDATA,GetWinCSID());
if (buff) {
char *pLocalData;
PA_LOCK(pLocalData,char *,buff);
// maxFiles = 1+number of '+' characters in pLocalData,
// gives upper bound on size of returned lists.
int maxFiles = 1;
char *p = pLocalData;
while (*p && (p = XP_STRCHR(p,'+')) != NULL) {
maxFiles++;
p++; // move past found '+'
}
// Create lists.
*mimeTypes = (char **)XP_ALLOC(maxFiles * sizeof(char *));
if (!*mimeTypes) {
return 0;
}
*URLs = (char **)XP_ALLOC(maxFiles * sizeof(char *));
if (!*URLs) {
XP_FREEIF(*mimeTypes); // Will zero *mimeTypes.
return 0;
}
// reset p.
p = pLocalData;
char *mimeStart=NULL, *mimeEnd=NULL, *URLStart=NULL, *URLEnd=NULL;
// State machine to read in string
int state = BeforeMIME;
while(*p) {
switch (state) {
case BeforeMIME:
if (!XP_IS_SPACE(*p)) {
state = InMIME;
mimeStart = p;
}
break;
case InMIME:
if (XP_IS_SPACE(*p)) {
mimeEnd = p;
state = BeforeURL;
}
break;
case BeforeURL:
if (!XP_IS_SPACE(*p)) {
URLStart = p;
state = InURL;
}
break;
case InURL:
if (XP_IS_SPACE(*p)) {
URLEnd = p;
XP_ASSERT(retVal < maxFiles);
edt_addToStringLists(*mimeTypes,mimeStart,mimeEnd,
*URLs,URLStart,URLEnd,
retVal);
retVal++;
state = AfterURL;
}
if (*p == '+') {
URLEnd = p;
XP_ASSERT(retVal < maxFiles);
edt_addToStringLists(*mimeTypes,mimeStart,mimeEnd,
*URLs,URLStart,URLEnd,
retVal);
retVal++;
state = BeforeMIME;
}
break;
case AfterURL:
if (*p == '+') {
state = BeforeMIME;
}
break;
default:
XP_ASSERT(0);
break;
}
// Move forward.
p++;
}
// Close out final mime/URL pair.
if (state == InURL) {
URLEnd = p;
XP_ASSERT(retVal < maxFiles);
edt_addToStringLists(*mimeTypes,mimeStart,mimeEnd,
*URLs,URLStart,URLEnd,
retVal);
retVal++;
}
PA_UNLOCK(buff);
PA_FREE(buff);
}
PA_FreeTag(pTag);
}
return retVal;
}
void CEditIconElement::FreeLocalDataLists(char **mimeTypes,char **URLs,int count) {
for (int n = 0; n < count; n++) {
XP_FREEIF(mimeTypes[n]);
XP_FREEIF(URLs[n]);
}
XP_FREEIF(mimeTypes);
XP_FREEIF(URLs);
}
void CEditIconElement::ReplaceParamValues(char *pOld,char *pNew) {
// Not changing anything.
if (!XP_STRCMP(pOld,pNew)) return;
// Illegal.
if (!pOld || !pNew || pOld[0] == '=' || pOld[0] == '\"') return;
char *pTagData = GetTagData();
if (!pTagData) return;
int state = OutsideValue;
char *last = pTagData; // last part copied to pNewTagData.
char *scan = pTagData; // Scans ahead of last.
char *pNewTagData = NULL;
int pOldLen = XP_STRLEN(pOld);
StrAllocCat(pNewTagData,"<");
while (*scan) {
XP_ASSERT(scan);
switch (state) {
case OutsideValue:
if (*scan == '=') {
state = BeforeValue;
}
break;
case InsideValue:
if (XP_IS_SPACE(*scan)) {
// end of non-quoted value.
state = OutsideValue;
}
break;
case InsideValueQuote:
if (*scan == '\"') {
// closing quote.
state = OutsideValue;
}
break;
case BeforeValue:
if (*scan == '\"') {
state = InsideValueQuote;
}
else if (!XP_IS_SPACE(*scan)) {
state = InsideValue;
}
// else still BeforeValue
break;
default:
XP_ASSERT(0);
}
if (state == InsideValue || state == InsideValueQuote) {
// Found an instance.
if (!XP_STRNCMP(scan,pOld,pOldLen)) {
// flush last part.
if (last != scan) {
char store = *scan;
*scan = '\0';
StrAllocCat(pNewTagData,last);
*scan = store;
}
StrAllocCat(pNewTagData,pNew);
scan += pOldLen; // skip past prev string.
last = scan;
scan--; // To counteract following scan++.
}
}
scan++;
}
// flush last part.
if (last != scan) {
StrAllocCat(pNewTagData,last);
last = scan;
}
SetData(pNewTagData);
XP_FREEIF(pNewTagData);
}
PRIVATE
XP_Bool IsHTMLCommentTag(char* string) {
return string && string[0] == '!'
&& string[1] == '-'
&& string[2] == '-';
}
void CEditIconElement::SetSpoofData( PA_Tag* pTag ){
if( m_iconTag == EDT_ICON_UNSUPPORTED_TAG
|| m_iconTag == EDT_ICON_UNSUPPORTED_END_TAG ){
char *pTagString;
PA_LOCK(pTagString, char *, pTag->data );
char *pData = PR_smprintf( ppIconTags[m_iconTag],
edt_QuoteString( pTagString ));
XP_Bool bDimensionFound = FALSE;
XP_Bool bComment = m_originalTagType == P_UNKNOWN &&
IsHTMLCommentTag(pTagString);
if ( ! bComment ) {
int32 height;
int32 width;
XP_Bool bPercent;
edt_FetchDimension( pTag, PARAM_HEIGHT, &height, &bPercent, -1, TRUE, GetWinCSID() );
if( height != -1 ){
pData = PR_sprintf_append( pData, " HEIGHT=%d%s", height,
(bPercent ? "%" : "" ) );
bDimensionFound = TRUE;
}
edt_FetchDimension( pTag, PARAM_WIDTH, &width, &bPercent, -1, TRUE, GetWinCSID() );
if( width != -1 ){
pData = PR_sprintf_append( pData, " WIDTH=%d%s", width,
(bPercent ? "%" : "" ) );
bDimensionFound = TRUE;
}
}
if( bDimensionFound ){
pData = PR_sprintf_append(pData, " BORDER=2>");
}
else {
pData = PR_sprintf_append(pData, " BORDER=0 ALIGN=ABSBOTTOM>");
}
if( m_pSpoofData ){
free( m_pSpoofData );
}
m_pSpoofData = pData;
PA_UNLOCK(pTag->data);
}
else {
m_pSpoofData = XP_STRDUP( ppIconTags[m_iconTag] );
}
}
void CEditIconElement::SetSpoofData( char* pData ){
char *pNewData = PR_smprintf( ppIconTags[m_iconTag],
edt_QuoteString( pData ));
if( m_pSpoofData ){
XP_FREE( m_pSpoofData );
}
m_pSpoofData = pNewData;
}
void CEditIconElement::SetData( char *pData ){
// Since validater skips white space, so should SetData
while( *pData && IS_WHITE(*pData) ){
pData++;
}
// If you assert here, you aren't validating your tag.
if( pData[0] != '<' ) {
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
return;
}
pData++;
if( *pData == '/' ){
pData++;
m_bEndTag = TRUE;
}
SetTagData( pData );
// Build up a tag that we can fetch parameter strings from.
PA_Tag *pTag = XP_NEW( PA_Tag );
XP_BZERO( pTag, sizeof( PA_Tag ) );
SetTagData( pTag, pData );
pTag->is_end = m_bEndTag;
SetSpoofData( pTag );
PA_FreeTag( pTag );
}
//
// We need to convert a tag handed to us by the parser into a tag we can
// display in the editor. In order to do this, we 'morph' the tag by swaping
// the contents with desired tag. We need an additional tag for swap space.
// All this is done to insure that the memory location of 'pTag' doesn't
// change. Perhaps this routine should be implemented at the CEditElement
// layer.
//
void CEditIconElement::MorphTag( PA_Tag *pTag ){
PA_Tag *pNewTag = TagOpen(0);
PA_Tag tempTag;
tempTag = *pTag;
*pTag = *pNewTag;
*pNewTag = tempTag;
PA_FreeTag( pNewTag );
}
XP_Bool CEditIconElement::IsUnknownHTML(){
return m_iconTag == EDT_ICON_UNSUPPORTED_TAG
|| m_iconTag == EDT_ICON_UNSUPPORTED_END_TAG;
}
XP_Bool CEditIconElement::IsComment(){
return IsUnknownHTML() && IsHTMLCommentTag(GetTagData());
}
XP_Bool CEditIconElement::IsComment(char* prefix){
if ( ! IsComment() ) return FALSE;
char* pData = GetTagData();
if ( ! prefix || ! pData ) return FALSE;
int32 prefixLen = XP_STRLEN(prefix);
int32 dataLen = XP_STRLEN(pData);
// Skip past "!--"
if ( dataLen <= 3 ) return FALSE;
dataLen -= 3;
pData += 3;
// Skip whitespace
while ( dataLen > 0 && *pData == ' ' ){
pData++;
dataLen--;
}
if ( prefixLen > dataLen ) return FALSE;
if ( XP_STRNCMP(prefix, pData, prefixLen) == 0 ){
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
void CEditIconElement::SetSize(XP_Bool bWidthPercent, int32 iWidth,
XP_Bool bHeightPercent, int32 iHeight){
// Do NOT use TagOpen -- this gets the "m_pSpoofData" junk
PA_Tag *pTag = XP_NEW( PA_Tag );
XP_BZERO( pTag, sizeof( PA_Tag ) );
// This string has initial "<"
SetTagData( pTag, GetData() );
if( pTag ){
char *pWidth = 0;
char *pHeight = 0;
if( iWidth > 0 ){
pWidth = PR_sprintf_append( pWidth, "%ld%s", (long)iWidth, bWidthPercent ? "%%" : "" );
if( pWidth ){
edt_ReplaceParamValue( pTag, "WIDTH", pWidth, GetWinCSID());
}
}
if( iHeight > 0){
pHeight = PR_sprintf_append( pHeight, "%ld%s", (long)iHeight, bHeightPercent ? "%%" : "" );
if( pHeight ){
edt_ReplaceParamValue( pTag, "HEIGHT", pHeight, GetWinCSID());
}
}
if( pWidth || pHeight ){
SetData((char*)pTag->data);
if( pWidth ) XP_FREE(pWidth);
if( pHeight ) XP_FREE(pHeight);
}
PA_FREE(pTag);
}
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CEditTargetElement
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
CEditTargetElement::CEditTargetElement(CEditElement *pParent, PA_Tag* pTag, int16 csid)
:
CEditIconElement( pParent, EDT_ICON_NAMED_ANCHOR, pTag )
{
m_originalTagType = P_ANCHOR;
// To get the spoof tag set up correctly
EDT_TargetData* pData = GetData(csid);
SetData( pData );
FreeTargetData(pData);
}
CEditTargetElement::CEditTargetElement(IStreamIn *pStreamIn, CEditBuffer *pBuffer)
:
CEditIconElement( pStreamIn, pBuffer )
{
}
void CEditTargetElement::StreamOut( IStreamOut *pOut){
CEditIconElement::StreamOut( pOut );
}
PA_Tag* CEditTargetElement::TagOpen( int iEditOffset ){
// We need to create the actual anchor tag set.
return CEditIconElement::TagOpen( iEditOffset );
}
void CEditTargetElement::SetName( char* pName, int16 csid ){
if ( pName ) {
EDT_TargetData* pData = GetData(csid);
if ( pData ) {
if ( pData->pName ) {
XP_FREE(pData->pName);
}
pData->pName = XP_STRDUP(pName);
}
SetData(pData);
FreeTargetData(pData);
}
}
void CEditTargetElement::SetData( EDT_TargetData *pData ){
char *pNew = 0;
if ( pData->pName) {
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "NAME=%s ", edt_MakeParamString(pData->pName));
}
if( pData->pExtra ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, "%s ", pData->pExtra );
}
if( pNew ){
pNew = PR_sprintf_append( pNew, ">" );
}
SetTagData( pNew );
if ( pNew ) {
free(pNew);
}
// Set the spoof data for the icon.
CEditIconElement::SetSpoofData( pData->pName ? pData->pName : "" );
}
char* CEditTargetElement::GetName(){
char* pName = 0;
EDT_TargetData* pData = GetData();
if (pData && pData->pName) {
pName = XP_STRDUP(pData->pName);
}
FreeTargetData(pData);
return pName;
}
EDT_TargetData* CEditTargetElement::GetData(){
return GetData(GetWinCSID());
}
EDT_TargetData* CEditTargetElement::GetData(int16 csid){
EDT_TargetData *pRet;
// Get the actual tag data, not the faked up stuff at the Icon layer.
PA_Tag* pTag = CEditLeafElement::TagOpen(0);
pRet = ParseParams( pTag, csid );
PA_FreeTag( pTag );
return pRet;
}
static char *targetParams[] = {
PARAM_NAME,
0
};
EDT_TargetData* CEditTargetElement::ParseParams( PA_Tag *pTag, int16 csid ){
EDT_TargetData* pData = NewTargetData();
pData->pName = edt_FetchParamString( pTag, PARAM_NAME, csid );
pData->pExtra = edt_FetchParamExtras( pTag, targetParams, csid );
return pData;
}
EDT_TargetData* CEditTargetElement::NewTargetData(){
EDT_TargetData* pData = (EDT_TargetData*) XP_ALLOC(sizeof(EDT_TargetData));
if ( pData ) {
pData->pName = 0;
pData->pExtra = 0;
}
return pData;
}
void CEditTargetElement::FreeTargetData(EDT_TargetData* pData){
if ( pData ) {
if ( pData->pName ) {
XP_FREE(pData->pName);
}
if ( pData->pExtra ) {
XP_FREE(pData->pExtra);
}
XP_FREE(pData);
}
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CEditBreakElement
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
CEditBreakElement::CEditBreakElement( CEditElement *pParent, PA_Tag* pTag, int16 /*csid*/ ):
CEditLeafElement( pParent, P_LINEBREAK ),
m_pLoLinefeed(0)
{
if( pTag ){
char *locked_buff;
PA_LOCK(locked_buff, char *, pTag->data );
if( locked_buff ){
SetTagData( locked_buff );
}
PA_UNLOCK(pTag->data);
}
}
CEditBreakElement::CEditBreakElement(IStreamIn *pStreamIn, CEditBuffer *pBuffer):
CEditLeafElement(pStreamIn, pBuffer),
m_pLoLinefeed(0)
{
}
CEditBreakElement::~CEditBreakElement(){
DisconnectLayoutElements((LO_Element*) m_pLoLinefeed);
}
void CEditBreakElement::StreamOut( IStreamOut *pOut){
CEditLeafElement::StreamOut( pOut );
}
EEditElementType CEditBreakElement::GetElementType(){
return eBreakElement;
}
void CEditBreakElement::SetLayoutElement( intn iEditOffset, intn lo_type,
LO_Element* pLoElement ){
SetLayoutElementHelper(LO_LINEFEED, (LO_Element**) &m_pLoLinefeed,
iEditOffset, lo_type, pLoElement);
}
void CEditBreakElement::ResetLayoutElement( intn iEditOffset,
LO_Element* pLoElement ){
ResetLayoutElementHelper((LO_Element**) &m_pLoLinefeed,
iEditOffset, pLoElement);
}
LO_Element* CEditBreakElement::GetLayoutElement(){
return (LO_Element*)m_pLoLinefeed;
}
XP_Bool CEditBreakElement::GetLOElementAndOffset( ElementOffset iEditOffset, XP_Bool /* bStickyAfter */,
LO_Element*& pRetElement,
int& pLayoutOffset ){
pLayoutOffset = 0;
pRetElement = (LO_Element*)m_pLoLinefeed;
pLayoutOffset = iEditOffset;
return TRUE;
}
//
// if we are within PREFORMAT (or the like) breaks are returns.
//
void CEditBreakElement::PrintOpen( CPrintState *ps ){
CEditElement *pPrev = PreviousLeafInContainer();
while( pPrev && pPrev->IsA(P_LINEBREAK) ){
pPrev = pPrev->PreviousLeafInContainer();
}
CEditElement *pNext = LeafInContainerAfter();
while( pNext && pNext->IsA(P_LINEBREAK) ){
pNext = pNext->LeafInContainerAfter();
}
#ifdef USE_SCRIPT
XP_Bool bScriptBefore = pPrev
&& pPrev->IsA(P_TEXT)
&& (pPrev->Text()->m_tf & (TF_SERVER|TF_SCRIPT|TF_STYLE));
XP_Bool bScriptAfter = pNext && pNext->IsA(P_TEXT) && (pNext->Text()->m_tf & (TF_SERVER|TF_SCRIPT|TF_STYLE));
if ( !bScriptBefore && bScriptAfter ){
// Don't print <BR>s before <SCRIPT> tags. This swallows both legal <BR> tags,
// and also swallows '\n' at the start of scripts. If we didn't do this,
// then we would turn <SCRIPT>\nFoo into <BR><SCRIPT>Foo.
// The case of a legitimate <BR> before a <SCRIPT> tag is much rarer than the
// case of a \n just after the <SCRIPT> tag. So we err on the side that lets
// more pages work.
// Take this code out when text styles are extended to all leaf elements.
return;
}
#endif
#ifdef USE_SCRIPT
if( InFormattedText()
|| bScriptBefore ){
#else
if( InFormattedText() ){
#endif
ps->m_pOut->Write( "\n", 1 );
ps->m_iCharPos = 0;
}
else {
CEditLeafElement::PrintOpen( ps );
// if we are the last break in a container, it is ingnored by the
// browser, so emit another one.
if( GetNextSibling() == 0 ){
ps->m_pOut->Write( "<BR>", 4 );
}
}
}
CEditInternalAnchorElement::CEditInternalAnchorElement(CEditElement *pParent)
: CEditLeafElement(pParent, P_UNKNOWN)
{
}
CEditInternalAnchorElement::~CEditInternalAnchorElement()
{
}
XP_Bool CEditInternalAnchorElement::Reduce( CEditBuffer* /* pBuffer */ ){
return FALSE;
}
XP_Bool CEditInternalAnchorElement::ShouldStreamSelf( CEditSelection& /*local*/, CEditSelection& /*selection*/){
return FALSE;
}
void CEditInternalAnchorElement::StreamOut( IStreamOut * /*pOut*/){
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
}
void CEditInternalAnchorElement::SetLayoutElement( intn /*iEditOffset*/, intn /*lo_type*/,
LO_Element* /*pLoElement*/ ){
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
}
void CEditInternalAnchorElement::ResetLayoutElement( intn /*iEditOffset*/,
LO_Element* /*pLoElement*/ ){
}
LO_Element* CEditInternalAnchorElement::GetLayoutElement(){
return NULL;
}
XP_Bool CEditInternalAnchorElement::GetLOElementAndOffset( ElementOffset /*iEditOffset*/, XP_Bool /*bEditStickyAfter*/,
LO_Element*& /*pRetElement*/,
int& /*pLayoutOffset*/ ){
return FALSE;
}
EEditElementType CEditInternalAnchorElement::GetElementType() {
return eInternalAnchorElement;
}
void CEditInternalAnchorElement::PrintOpen( CPrintState * /*pPrintState*/ ){
}
void CEditInternalAnchorElement::PrintEnd( CPrintState * /*pPrintState*/ ){
}
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CEditEndContainerElement
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
CEditEndContainerElement::CEditEndContainerElement(CEditElement *pParent) :
CEditContainerElement(pParent, (PA_Tag*)NULL, 0 /* Never used for an end container */, ED_ALIGN_LEFT)
{
}
void CEditEndContainerElement::StreamOut( IStreamOut * /*pOut*/ ) {
XP_ASSERT(FALSE);
}
XP_Bool CEditEndContainerElement::ShouldStreamSelf( CEditSelection& /* local */, CEditSelection& /* selection */ ) {
return FALSE;
}
XP_Bool CEditEndContainerElement::IsAcceptableChild(CEditElement& pChild){
return pChild.GetElementType() == eEndElement;
}
void CEditEndContainerElement::PrintOpen( CPrintState * /* pPrintState */ ){
}
void CEditEndContainerElement::PrintEnd( CPrintState * /* pPrintState */ ){
}
XP_Bool CEditEndContainerElement::IsEndContainer() {
return TRUE;
}
void CEditEndContainerElement::AdjustContainers( CEditBuffer* /* pBuffer */ ){
}
#endif //EDITOR
Ссылка в новой задаче Показать git blame Копировать постоянную ссылку